untouched

71 files changed, 8612 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/client_wizard/scripts/do_it_client.sh b/client_wizard/scripts/do_it_client.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..4a2ec587
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client_wizard/scripts/do_it_client.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+echo_debug "in $0"
+
+wiz_ip_net=`get_var wiz_ip_net`
+wiz_ip_server=`get_var wiz_ip_server`
+wiz_domain_name=`get_var wiz_domain_name`
+s_trunc=${wiz_ip_net%.*}
+ds=${wiz_ip_server##*.}
+sc_trunc=${wiz_client_ip%.*}
+dc=${wiz_client_ip##*.}
+
+wiz_client_name=${wiz_client_name%%.*}
+
+# change serial number
+# $1 : file
+up_serial(){
+TMPFILE=`mktemp /tmp/temp.XXXXXX` || exit 1
+cat $1 > ${TMPFILE}
+serial_nbm=$(date "+%Y%m%d00")
+serial_f=`sed -ne "s/^\([[:space:]]*\)\([0-9]*\)\([[:space:]]*;[[:space:]]*Serial.*$\)/\2/p" ${TMPFILE}`
+serial_f=$((${serial_f}+1))
+if [ ${serial_f} -le ${serial_nbm} ]; then
+	serial_f=${serial_nbm}
+fi
+
+cat ${TMPFILE}\
+|sed -e "s/^\([[:space:]]*\)\([0-9]*\)\([[:space:]]*;[[:space:]]*Serial.*$\)/\1${serial_f}\3/"\
+> $1
+rm -f ${TMPFILE}
+}
+
+
+
+file="/var/named/${wiz_domain_name}.db"
+
+bck_file ${file}
+
+echo "${wiz_client_name}        IN A  ${wiz_client_ip}  ; $(date)" >> ${file}
+
+up_serial ${file}
+
+
+
+file="/var/named/${s_trunc}.rev"
+
+bck_file ${file}
+
+echo "${dc}        IN PTR  ${wiz_client_name}.  ; $(date)" >> ${file}
+
+up_serial ${file}
+
+
+/etc/rc.d/init.d/named restart
+
+# all seems to be ok
+exit 10
diff --git a/client_wizard/scripts/test_client.sh b/client_wizard/scripts/test_client.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..6a73e96d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client_wizard/scripts/test_client.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+echo_debug "in $0"
+
+wiz_ip_net=`get_var wiz_ip_net`
+wiz_ip_server=`get_var wiz_ip_server`
+wiz_domain_name=`get_var wiz_domain_name`
+s_trunc=${wiz_ip_net%.*}
+ds=${wiz_ip_server##*.}
+sc_trunc=${wiz_client_ip%.*}
+dc=${wiz_client_ip##*.}
+
+wiz_client_name=${wiz_client_name%%.*}
+
+if [ -z "${wiz_client_name}" ]; then
+	echo_debug "incorrect name"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+if [ -z "${wiz_client_ip}" ]; then
+	echo_debug "incorrect address"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+if [ -z "${sc_trunc}" ]; then
+	echo_debug "incorrect address"
+	exit 1
+fi
+if [ -z "${dc}" ]; then
+	echo_debug "incorrect address"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+if [ "${s_trunc}" != "${sc_trunc}" ]; then
+	echo_debug "range not in network"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+if [ "${dc}" = "${ds}" -o ${dc} -le 0 -o ${dc} -gt 255 ]; then
+	echo_debug "bad ip"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+
+file="/var/named/${wiz_domain_name}.db"
+t=`grep -E "^${wiz_client_name}[[:space:]]*IN" ${file}`
+if [ -n "$t" ]; then
+	echo_debug "${wiz_client_name} got in ${file}"
+	exit 2
+fi
+t=`grep -E "^[^;]*A[[:space:]]*${wiz_client_ip}" ${file}`
+if [ -n "$t" ]; then
+	echo_debug "${wiz_client_ip} got in ${file}"
+	exit 2
+fi
+
+file="/var/named/${s_trunc}.rev"
+t=`grep -E "^${dc}[[:space:]]*IN" ${file}`
+if [ -n "$t" ]; then
+	echo_debug "${dc} got in ${file}"
+	exit 2
+fi
+t=`grep -E "^[^;]*PTR[[:space:]]*${wiz_client_name}" ${file}`
+if [ -n "$t" ]; then
+	echo_debug "${wiz_client_name} got in ${file}"
+	exit 2
+fi
+
+# all seems to be ok
+exit 10
diff --git a/common/scripts/check.sh b/common/scripts/check.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..1a96052e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/common/scripts/check.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard configuration
+# 
+# $1, $2, ... : root wiz_ip_net wiz_...
+#
+# exit 0 if all is ok, else exit nb , where nb is the arg number that fails
+
+typeset -i cpt
+cpt=0
+
+for test in $@ ; do
+  
+  cpt=$cpt+1
+  
+  case "$test" in
+  
+  root)
+	if [ ! -z "${_WIZ_DO_AS_ROOT}" ]; then
+		echo_debug "Emulating Root login , no problem"		
+	else
+	   if [ `id|sed 's/^uid=\([0-9]*\)[^0-9]*.*$/\1/'` -ne 0 ]; then
+	        echo_debug "need to be root, exit $cpt"
+		exit $cpt
+	   fi
+        fi
+	;;
+  *)
+  	ret=`get_var ${test}`
+	if [ -z "$ret" ]; then
+		echo_debug "no value for $test , exit $cpt"
+		exit $cpt
+	fi
+  	;;
+ esac
+ 
+done
+
+# all seems to be ok
+exit 0
+
diff --git a/common/scripts/check_root.sh b/common/scripts/check_root.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..98ae2839
--- /dev/null
+++ b/common/scripts/check_root.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard basic network configuration
+# 
+# are we root ?
+
+if [ ! -z "${_WIZ_DO_AS_ROOT}" ]; then
+    echo_debug "Emulating Root login"
+    exit 10
+fi
+
+if [ `id|sed 's/^uid=\([0-9]*\)[^0-9]*.*$/\1/'` -ne 0 ]; then
+	echo_debug "need to be root"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+file=/etc/sysconfig/system
+if [ ! -f ${file} ]; then
+	echo_debug "no ${file} ... not Mandrake system"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+
+
+
+# all seems to be ok
+exit 10
+
diff --git a/common/scripts/functions.sh b/common/scripts/functions.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..deca8a0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/common/scripts/functions.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,534 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000,2001 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# include for a few functions used in various scripts
+#
+# - this should be loaded at the beginning of every wizard -
+# (wiz load it for you)
+
+
+#[ "${wiz_loaded_function}" = "yes" ] && return 0
+
+
+# assume not multi line values 
+#(sed -e :a -e '/\\$/N; s/\\\n//; ta')
+#debug function
+# $1 : message
+echo_debug () {
+([ -n "${DEBUG_VAL}" ] && echo $1 >> ${DEBUG_VAL})||:
+}
+
+
+# back up the specified file 
+bck_file(){
+# $1 file
+fic=$1
+if [ -f ${fic} ]; then
+	j=3
+	for i in 2 1 ; do
+	    [ -f ${fic}.mdk_orig.$i ] && mv -f ${fic}.mdk_orig.$i ${fic}.mdk_orig.$j
+	    j=$i
+	done
+	cp -f ${fic} ${fic}.mdk_orig.1
+fi
+}
+
+
+rm_val(){
+ grep -v -E "^[[:space:]]*$1[[:space:]]*="
+}
+
+
+# retrive a value from config file
+get_val(){
+# $1 : config file
+# $2 : variable
+if [ ! -f "${1}" -o -z "$2" ]; then
+	return 1
+fi
+sed -n "s£^[[:space:]]*$2[[:space:]]*=[[:space:]]*\(.*\)[[:space:]]*$£\1£p" $1 2>/dev/null\
+|sed 's£^\"\(.*\)\"$£\1£'
+}
+
+# retrive a value from config file, other version without "="
+get_val2(){
+# $1 : config file
+# $2 : variable
+if [ ! -f "${1}" -o -z "$2" ]; then
+	return 1
+fi
+sed -n "s£^[[:space:]]*$2[[:space:]]\+\(.*\)[[:space:]]*$£\1£p" $1 2>/dev/null\
+|sed 's£^\"\(.*\)\"$£\1£'
+}
+
+
+
+comment_val(){
+sed "s/^[[:space:]]*$1[[:space:]]*=.*$/#&/"
+}
+
+
+mod_val(){
+sed -e '\£^[[:space:]]*'"$1"'[[:space:]]*=.*$£{
+i \
+# removed by mdk_serv script on '"$(date)"'
+s££#&£
+a \
+'"$1=\"$2\""'
+}
+'
+}
+
+mod_val2(){
+# same as chg_val, but without "=" symbol neither ""
+sed -e '\£^[[:space:]]*'"$1"'[[:space:]]\+.*$£{
+i \
+# removed by mdk_serv script on '"$(date)"'
+s££#&£
+a \
+'"$1 $2"'
+}
+'
+}
+
+
+chg_val(){
+# $1 : config file
+# $2 : variable
+# $3 : new value
+# $4 : "s" : silent mode
+
+[ -f "$1" ] || exit 1
+
+#if [ -n "`grep -E \"^\[\[:space:\]\]*$2\[\[:space:\]\]*=\" \"$1\"`" ]; then
+
+t=`grep -c -E "^[[:space:]]*$2[[:space:]]*=" $1`
+
+if [ $t -ge 1 ]; then
+    TMPFILE=`mktemp /tmp/temp.XXXXXX` || exit 1
+    cat "$1" > ${TMPFILE}
+    (cat ${TMPFILE}|mod_val "$2" "$3" > "$1") && rm -f ${TMPFILE}
+else
+    if [ "$4" = "s" ]; then
+    echo -e "\
+$2=\"$3\"\n\
+" >> "$1"
+    else
+    echo -e "\
+# added by mdk_serv script on $(date)\n\
+$2=\"$3\"\n\
+" >> "$1"
+    fi
+fi
+}
+
+chg_val2(){
+# same as chg_val, but without "=" symbol neither ""
+
+# $1 : config file
+# $2 : variable
+# $3 : new value
+# $4 : "s" : silent mode
+
+[ -f "$1" ] || exit 1
+
+t=`grep -c -E "^[[:space:]]*$2[[:space:]]+" $1`
+if [ $t -ge 1 ]; then
+    TMPFILE=`mktemp /tmp/temp.XXXXXX` || exit 1
+    cat "$1" > ${TMPFILE}
+    (cat ${TMPFILE}|mod_val2 "$2" "$3" > "$1") && rm -f ${TMPFILE}
+else
+    if [ "$4" = "s" ]; then
+    echo -e "\
+$2 $3\n\
+" >> "$1"
+    else
+    echo -e "\
+# added by mdk_serv script on $(date)\n\
+$2 $3\n\
+" >> "$1"
+    fi
+fi
+}
+
+
+# get_var $1 : function to retrieve stored value of wiz_variables
+# - if $2 is provided, returns $2 (ok, it's a hack)
+# - if the stored value is empty, returns the current one (in memory)
+# - this function may return a null string if value is really not found -
+get_var(){
+# $1 : name of the variable
+# $2 : forcing value
+
+[ -z "$1" ] && return 1
+
+if [ -n "$2" ]; then
+	echo "$2"
+	return 0
+fi	
+
+file=/etc/sysconfig/mdk_serv
+
+case "$1" in
+	wiz_host_name)
+		t=`get_val ${file} wiz_host_name`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_host_name}
+		else
+			echo "$t"
+		fi
+		;;
+	wiz_domain_name)
+		t=`get_val ${file} wiz_domain_name`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_domain_name}
+		else
+			echo "$t"
+		fi		
+		;;
+	wiz_device)
+		t=`get_val ${file} wiz_device`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_device}
+		else
+			echo "$t"
+		fi		
+		;;
+	wiz_ext_dns1)
+		t=`get_val ${file} wiz_ext_dns1`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_ext_dns1}
+		else
+			echo "$t"
+		fi		
+		;;
+	wiz_ext_dns2)
+		t=`get_val ${file} wiz_ext_dns2`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_ext_dns2}
+		else
+			echo "$t"
+		fi		
+		;;
+	wiz_web_internal)
+		t=`get_val ${file} wiz_web_internal`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_web_internal}
+		else
+			echo "$t"
+		fi		
+		;;		
+	wiz_web_external)
+		t=`get_val ${file} wiz_web_external`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_web_external}
+		else
+			echo "$t"
+		fi		
+		;;		
+	wiz_ftp_internal)
+		t=`get_val ${file} wiz_ftp_internal`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_ftp_internal}
+		else
+			echo "$t"
+		fi			
+		;;		
+	wiz_ftp_external)
+		t=`get_val ${file} wiz_ftp_external`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_ftp_external}
+		else
+			echo "$t"
+		fi		
+		;;		
+	wiz_news_freq)
+		t=`get_val ${file} wiz_news_freq`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_news_freq}
+		else
+			echo "$t"
+		fi		
+		;;		
+	wiz_news_server)
+		t=`get_val ${file} wiz_news_server`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_news_server}
+		else
+			echo "$t"
+		fi		
+		;;		
+	wiz_banner)
+		t=`get_val ${file} wiz_banner`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_banner}
+		else
+			echo "$t"
+		fi		
+		;;		
+	wiz_workgroup)
+		t=`get_val ${file} wiz_workgroup`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_workgroup}
+		else
+			echo "$t"
+		fi		
+		;;		
+	wiz_do_printer_sharing)
+		t=`get_val ${file} wiz_do_printer_sharing`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_do_printer_sharing}
+		else
+			echo "$t"
+		fi		
+		;;		
+	wiz_do_file_sharing)
+		t=`get_val ${file} wiz_do_file_sharing`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_do_file_sharing}
+		else
+			echo "$t"
+		fi		
+		;;		
+	wiz_ip_net)
+		wdevice=`get_val ${file} wiz_device`
+		nfile="/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-${wdevice}"
+		t=`get_val ${nfile} NETWORK`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_ip_net}
+		else
+			echo "$t"
+		fi		
+		;;
+	wiz_ip_netmask)
+		wdevice=`get_val ${file} wiz_device`
+		nfile="/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-${wdevice}"
+		t=`get_val ${nfile} NETMASK`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_ip_netmask}
+		else
+			echo "$t"
+		fi		
+		;;		
+	wiz_ip_server)
+		wdevice=`get_val ${file} wiz_device`
+		nfile="/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-${wdevice}"
+		t=`get_val ${nfile} IPADDR`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_ip_server}
+		else
+			echo "$t"
+		fi		
+		;;	
+	wiz_ip_range1)
+		wdevice=`get_val ${file} wiz_device`
+		nfile="/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-${wdevice}"
+		twnet=`get_val ${nfile} NETWORK`
+		nfile=/etc/dhcpd.conf
+		rnge=
+		if [ -f ${nfile} ]; then
+			rnge=`sed -n -e 's/^[[:space:]]*range[[:space:]]*\([1-9\.]*\)[[:space:]].*$/\1/p'  ${nfile}`
+		fi		
+		[ "${rnge%.*}" == "${twnet%.*}" ] || rnge=""
+		if [ -z "$rnge" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_ip_range1}
+		else
+			echo "$rnge"
+		fi		
+		;;
+	wiz_ip_range2)
+		wdevice=`get_val ${file} wiz_device`
+		nfile="/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-${wdevice}"
+		twnet=`get_val ${nfile} NETWORK`
+		nfile=/etc/dhcpd.conf
+		rnge=
+		if [ -f ${nfile} ]; then
+			rnge=`sed -n -e 's/^[[:space:]]*range[[:space:]]*[1-9\.]*[[:space:]]*\([1-9\.]*\)[^1-9\.].*$/\1/p'  ${nfile}`
+		fi
+		[ "${rnge%.*}" == "${twnet%.*}" ] || rnge=""
+		if [ -z "$rnge" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_ip_range2}
+		else
+			echo "$rnge"
+		fi		
+		;;
+	wiz_ext_device)
+		t=`get_val ${file} wiz_ext_device`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_ext_device}
+		else
+			echo "$t"
+		fi		
+		;;
+	wiz_extn_device)
+		t=`get_val /etc/sysconfig/network GATEWAYDEV`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_extn_device}
+		else
+			echo "$t"
+		fi		
+		;;
+	wiz_extn_gateway)
+		t=`get_val /etc/sysconfig/network GATEWAY`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_extn_gateway}
+		else
+			echo "$t"
+		fi		
+		;;
+	wiz_firewall_level)
+		t=`get_val ${file} wiz_firewall_level`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_firewall_level}
+		else
+			echo "$t"
+		fi		
+		;;
+	wiz_ext_mail_relay)
+		 postconf -h relayhost
+		 ;;
+	wiz_mail_masquerade)
+		nfile=/etc/postfix/canonical
+		wdname=`get_val ${file} wiz_domain_name`
+		t=""
+		if [ -f ${nfile} ]; then
+		t=`sed -n -e 's/^[[:space:]]*@'"${wdname}"'[[:space:]]*@\([^[:space:]]*\)[[:space:]]*$/\1/p'  ${nfile}`
+		fi
+		if [ -z "$t" -o -z "wdname" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_mail_masquerade}
+		else
+			echo "$t"
+		fi		
+		;;
+	wiz_timezone)
+		nfile=/etc/sysconfig/clock
+		t=`get_val ${nfile} ZONE`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_timezone}
+		else
+			echo "$t"
+		fi				
+		;;
+	wiz_squid_port)
+		nfile=/etc/squid/squid.conf		
+		t=`get_val2 ${nfile} http_port`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_squid_port}
+		else
+			echo "$t"
+		fi
+		;;
+	wiz_squid_mem)
+		nfile=/etc/squid/squid.conf		
+		t=`get_val2 ${nfile} cache_mem`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_squid_mem}
+		else
+			t1=`echo $t|awk '{print $1}'`
+			t2=`echo $t|awk '{print $2}'`
+			if [ "$t2" == "MB" ]; then
+				echo $t1
+			else
+				echo ${wiz_squid_mem}
+			fi
+		fi
+		;;
+	wiz_squid_disk)
+		nfile=/etc/squid/squid.conf
+		# nota : only one dir : wiz_squid_defdir
+		export wiz_squid_defdir=`get_var wiz_squid_defdir`
+		t=`sed -n "s£^[[:space:]]*cache_dir[[:space:]]\+[a-z]\+[[:space:]]\+$wiz_squid_defdir[[:space:]]\+\([0-9]\+\)[[:space:]]*.*$£\1£p" $nfile 2>/dev/null`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_squid_disk}
+		else
+			echo $t
+		fi
+		;;
+	wiz_squid_level)
+		t=`get_val ${file} wiz_squid_level`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_squid_level}
+		else
+			echo "$t"
+		fi
+		;;
+	wiz_squid_defdir)
+		t=`get_val ${file} wiz_squid_defdir`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			[ -z "${wiz_squid_defdir}" ] && wiz_squid_defdir="/var/spool/squid"
+			echo ${wiz_squid_defdir}
+		else
+			echo "$t"
+		fi
+		;;
+	wiz_squid_mynetw)
+		nfile=/etc/squid/squid.conf
+		t=`get_val2 ${nfile} "acl mynetwork src"`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo `get_var wiz_ip_net`"/"`get_var wiz_ip_netmask`
+		else
+			echo $t
+		fi
+		;;
+	wiz_squid_cachepeer)
+		nfile=/etc/squid/squid.conf
+		t=`get_val2 ${nfile} "cache_peer"`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_squid_cachepeer}
+		else
+			echo $t|awk '{print $1}'
+		fi
+		;;
+	wiz_squid_peerport)
+		nfile=/etc/squid/squid.conf
+		t=`get_val2 ${nfile} "cache_peer"`
+		if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+			echo ${wiz_squid_peerport}
+		else
+			echo $t|awk '{print $3}'
+		fi
+		;;
+	
+	*)
+	return 1
+	;;
+esac
+}
+
+
+
+
+export -f echo_debug
+export -f rm_val
+export -f get_val
+export -f get_val2
+export -f mod_val
+export -f mod_val2
+export -f chg_val
+export -f chg_val2
+export -f bck_file
+
+export -f get_var
+#export wiz_loaded_function=yes
diff --git a/dhcp_wizard/scripts/check_range.sh b/dhcp_wizard/scripts/check_range.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..4f5de970
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dhcp_wizard/scripts/check_range.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard basic network configuration
+#
+# assuming :
+#  - C class network, mask 255.255.255.0
+#
+# echo on stdout range of ip for DHCP subnet (second part of range)
+
+echo_debug "in $0"
+
+r1_trunc=${wiz_ip_range1%.*}
+r2_trunc=${wiz_ip_range2%.*}
+d1=${wiz_ip_range1##*.}
+d2=${wiz_ip_range2##*.}
+
+se=`get_var wiz_ip_server`
+
+s_trunc=${se%.*}
+ds=${se##*.}
+
+if [ -z "${r1_trunc}" ]; then
+	echo_debug "incorrect address range 1"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+if [ -z "${r2_trunc}" ]; then
+	echo_debug "incorrect address range 2"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+if [ "${s_trunc}" != "${r1_trunc}" -o "${s_trunc}" != "${r2_trunc}" ]; then
+	echo_debug "range not in network"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+if [ -z "${d1}" -o -z "${d2}" ]; then
+	echo_debug "bad range"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+if [ ${d1} -gt 254 -o ${d1} -lt 1 -o ${d2} -gt 254 -o ${d2} -lt 1 ]; then
+	echo_debug "bad range"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+if [ ${d1} -gt ${d2} ]; then
+	echo_debug "bad range "
+	exit 1
+fi
+	
+if [ ${ds} -ge ${d1} -a ${ds} -le ${d2} ]; then
+	echo_debug "server in range"
+	exit 1
+fi
+	
+
+# should be ok
+exit 10
+
diff --git a/dhcp_wizard/scripts/compute_range1.sh b/dhcp_wizard/scripts/compute_range1.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..8e1f89fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dhcp_wizard/scripts/compute_range1.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard basic network configuration
+#
+# assuming :
+#  - C class network, mask 255.255.255.0
+#
+# echo on stdout range of ip for DHCP subnet (first part of range)
+
+#truncating addresses
+
+se=`get_var wiz_ip_server`
+
+s_trunc=${se%.*}
+d=${se##*.}
+
+if [ $d -le 64 ]; then 
+	r=65 
+elif [ $d -le 128 ]; then 
+	r=129
+else 
+	r=1
+fi
+
+echo "${s_trunc}.$r"	 
+
+exit 0
+
diff --git a/dhcp_wizard/scripts/compute_range2.sh b/dhcp_wizard/scripts/compute_range2.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..3055a6e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dhcp_wizard/scripts/compute_range2.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard basic network configuration
+#
+# assuming :
+#  - C class network, mask 255.255.255.0
+#
+# echo on stdout range of ip for DHCP subnet (second part of range)
+
+#truncating addresses
+se=`get_var wiz_ip_server`
+
+s_trunc=${se%.*}
+d=${se##*.}
+
+if [ $d -le 128 ]; then 
+	r=254
+elif [ $d -gt 192 ]; then
+	r=192
+else 
+	r=128
+fi
+
+
+echo "${s_trunc}.$r"	 
+
+exit 0
+
diff --git a/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default b/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c2135639
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+# default file for dhcpd
+# replace __ip__ by the IP adress of the server (same server for
+# all services in this config file)
+
+server-identifier __hname__;
+default-lease-time 36000;
+max-lease-time 144000;
+ddns-update-style ad-hoc;
+
+
+subnet __net__ netmask __mask__{
+        range  __rng1__ __rng2__;
+        option domain-name              "__dname__";
+        option domain-name-servers      __ip__;
+	option nis-servers		__ip__;
+        option lpr-servers              __ip__;
+        option netbios-name-servers     __ip__;
+        option routers          	__ip__;
+        option subnet-mask              __mask__;
+        option time-servers             __ip__;
+		ddns-updates on;
+		ddns-domainname "__dname__";
+		ddns-rev-domainname "in-addr.arpa";
+
+}
+
+
diff --git a/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.patch b/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.patch
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..45d84c4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+--- dhcpd.o	Wed Mar 22 18:39:19 2000
++++ dhcpd	Wed Mar 22 18:40:17 2000
+@@ -25,8 +25,9 @@
+         # # Note that this work around assumes only using eth0!!!
+         # echo -n "Adding local broadcast host route: "
+         # /sbin/route add -host 255.255.255.255 dev eth0
++	[ -f /etc/sysconfig/dhcpd ] && . /etc/sysconfig/dhcpd
+ 	echo -n "Starting dhcpd: "
+-	daemon /usr/sbin/dhcpd
++	daemon /usr/sbin/dhcpd ${INTERFACES}
+ 	echo
+ 	touch /var/lock/subsys/dhcpd
+ 	;;
diff --git a/dhcp_wizard/scripts/do_it_dhcp.sh b/dhcp_wizard/scripts/do_it_dhcp.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..5141b8c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dhcp_wizard/scripts/do_it_dhcp.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard network configuration
+#
+# install default dhcpd configuration for dhcp server
+# assuming all dependencies are ok
+
+echo_debug "in $0"
+
+cfg_file=/etc/sysconfig/mdk_serv
+# loading  var
+wiz_device=`get_var wiz_device`
+echo_debug "wiz_device=$wiz_device"
+wiz_host_name=`get_var wiz_host_name`
+echo_debug "wiz_host_name=$wiz_host_name"
+wiz_ip_net=`get_var wiz_ip_net`
+echo_debug "wiz_ip_net=$wiz_ip_net"
+wiz_ip_netmask=`get_var wiz_ip_netmask`
+echo_debug "wiz_ip_netmask=$wiz_ip_netmask"
+wiz_domain_name=`get_var wiz_domain_name`
+echo_debug "wiz_domain_name=$wiz_domain_name"
+wiz_ip_server=`get_var wiz_ip_server`
+echo_debug "=wiz_ip_server=$wiz_ip_server"
+
+echo_debug "wiz_ip_range1 is $wiz_ip_range1"
+echo_debug "wiz_ip_range2 is $wiz_ip_range2"
+chg_val ${cfg_file} wiz_ip_range1 "${wiz_ip_range1}" s
+chg_val ${cfg_file} wiz_ip_range2 "${wiz_ip_range2}" s
+
+# patch to rewrite when got new file about dhcp with INTERFACES value
+# currently, I put the device to configure as dhcp server
+# in /etc/sysconfig/dhcpd
+
+# ok, the new init.d/dhcp is not as wanted, still need a patch
+
+#[ -f /etc/sysconfig/dhcpd ] && cp -f /etc/sysconfig/dhcpd /var/tmp/wiz_bck/orig/dhcpd
+bck_file /etc/sysconfig/dhcpd
+echo "INTERFACES=${wiz_device}" > /etc/sysconfig/dhcpd
+
+# ok, the new init.d/dhcp is not as wanted, still need a patch
+# now patching /etc/rc.d/init.d/dhcpd if needed
+
+if [ -z "`grep INTERFACES /etc/rc.d/init.d/dhcpd`" ]; then
+	echo_debug "now patching etc/rc.d/init.d/dhcpd"
+	bck_file /etc/rc.d/init.d/dhcpd
+	cat /etc/rc.d/init.d/dhcpd.mdk_orig.1 \
+|sed -e '/daemon \/usr\/sbin\/dhcpd/{
+i \
+        if [ -f /etc/sysconfig/dhcpd ]; then\
+          . /etc/sysconfig/dhcpd\
+          DEV=$INTERFACES\
+        fi
+        }' > /etc/rc.d/init.d/dhcpd
+	
+#old version	patch /etc/rc.d/init.d/dhcpd < ${CWD}/scripts/dhcpd.patch
+
+fi
+
+
+# dhcpd.conf
+
+bck_file /etc/dhcpd.conf
+
+echo_debug "now putting dhcpd config file"
+
+cat ${CWD}/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default \
+|sed "s|__hname__|${wiz_host_name}|g" \
+|sed "s|__net__|${wiz_ip_net}|g" \
+|sed "s|__ip__|${wiz_ip_server}|g" \
+|sed "s|__mask__|${wiz_ip_netmask}|g" \
+|sed "s|__rng1__|${wiz_ip_range1}|g" \
+|sed "s|__rng2__|${wiz_ip_range2}|g" \
+|sed "s|__dname__|${wiz_domain_name}|g" \
+> /etc/dhcpd.conf
+
+touch /var/dhcpd/dhcpd.leases
+
+
+# modifying webmin config
+
+echo_debug "modifying webmin config"
+
+file="/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config"
+if [ -f ${file} ]; then
+	chg_val ${file} lease_file "/var/dhcpd/dhcpd.leases"
+	chg_val ${file} interfaces "${wiz_device}"
+fi
+
+
+# this part of script to be played at the very end
+
+echo_debug "restarting services"
+
+/etc/rc.d/init.d/dhcpd restart
+
+
+# all is ok
+exit 10
+
+
+
diff --git a/dns_wizard/scripts/127.0.0.rev.default b/dns_wizard/scripts/127.0.0.rev.default
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..97bf97bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dns_wizard/scripts/127.0.0.rev.default
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+; default file for 127.0.0.rev (to be used by bind8)
+;
+; setting a local DNS server for a local Class C network
+; with an external DNS referee for non locally resolved address
+;
+; Don't forget to upgrade the Serial number after a change
+;
+@       IN      SOA     localhost. root.localhost. (
+                                           1999070401 ; Serial
+                                           28800      ; Refresh
+                                           14400      ; Retry
+                                           3600000    ; Expire
+                                           86400 )    ; Minimum
+                 IN  NS      127.0.0.1
+		 IN  NS      __hname__.
+		 
+     1           IN PTR     localhost.
diff --git a/dns_wizard/scripts/check_ext_dns.sh b/dns_wizard/scripts/check_ext_dns.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..e62c55b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dns_wizard/scripts/check_ext_dns.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard external dns configuration
+#
+# checking if the provided network address is correct
+
+# ip is tested as ip=a.b.c.d
+
+if [ -n "${wiz_ext_dns1}" ]; then
+
+a=${wiz_ext_dns1%%.*}
+b=`echo ${wiz_ext_dns1}|sed -n -e 's/^[0-9]\{1,3\}\.\([0-9]\{1,3\}\)\..*$/\1/p'`
+c=`echo ${wiz_ext_dns1}|sed -n -e 's/^[0-9]\{1,3\}\.[0-9]\{1,3\}\.\([0-9]\{1,3\}\)\..*$/\1/p'`
+d=${wiz_ext_dns1##*.}
+
+echo_debug "ip1 -$a-$b-$c-$d-"
+
+if [ -z "$a" -o -z "$b" -o -z "$c" -o -z "$d" ]; then
+	echo_debug "incomplete ip"
+	exit 1
+fi 
+
+if [ $a -gt 255 -o $b -gt 255 -o $c -gt 255 -o $d -gt 255 ]; then
+	echo_debug "not a network ip"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+if [ -n "${wiz_ext_dns2}" ]; then
+
+a=${wiz_ext_dns2%%.*}
+b=`echo ${wiz_ext_dns2}|sed -n -e 's/^[0-9]\{1,3\}\.\([0-9]\{1,3\}\)\..*$/\1/p'`
+c=`echo ${wiz_ext_dns2}|sed -n -e 's/^[0-9]\{1,3\}\.[0-9]\{1,3\}\.\([0-9]\{1,3\}\)\..*$/\1/p'`
+d=${wiz_ext_dns2##*.}
+
+echo_debug "ip2 -$a-$b-$c-$d-"
+
+if [ -z "$a" -o -z "$b" -o -z "$c" -o -z "$d" ]; then
+	echo_debug "incomplete ip"
+	exit 1
+fi 
+
+if [ $a -gt 255 -o $b -gt 255 -o $c -gt 255 -o $d -gt 255 ]; then
+	echo_debug "not a network ip"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+fi
+
+if [ -z "${wiz_ext_dns1}" -a -z "${wiz_ext_dns2}" ]; then
+	echo_debug "warning, no DNS address"
+	exit 2
+fi
+	
+
+# all seems to be ok
+exit 10
diff --git a/dns_wizard/scripts/do_it_dns.sh b/dns_wizard/scripts/do_it_dns.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..84807609
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dns_wizard/scripts/do_it_dns.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard dns configuration
+#
+# install default dns configuration for server
+# assuming all dependencies are ok
+
+wiz_ip_net=`get_var wiz_ip_net`
+wiz_ip_server=`get_var wiz_ip_server`
+wiz_domain_name=`get_var wiz_domain_name`
+wiz_host_name=`get_var wiz_host_name`
+s_trunc=${wiz_ip_net%.*}
+ds=${wiz_ip_server##*.}
+host=${wiz_host_name%%.*}
+
+
+# change serial number
+# $1 : file
+up_serial(){
+TMPFILE=`mktemp /tmp/temp.XXXXXX` || exit 1
+cat $1 > ${TMPFILE}
+serial_nbm=$(date "+%Y%m%d00")
+serial_f=`sed -ne "s/^\([[:space:]]*\)\([0-9]*\)\([[:space:]]*;[[:space:]]*Serial.*$\)/\2/p" ${TMPFILE}`
+serial_f=$((${serial_f}+1))
+if [ ${serial_f} -le ${serial_nbm} ]; then
+	serial_f=${serial_nbm}
+fi
+
+cat ${TMPFILE}\
+|sed -e "s/^\([[:space:]]*\)\([0-9]*\)\([[:space:]]*;[[:space:]]*Serial.*$\)/\1${serial_f}\3/"\
+> $1
+rm -f ${TMPFILE}
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+# host.conf
+bck_file /etc/host.conf
+cat ${CWD}/scripts/host.conf.default > /etc/host.conf
+
+# named.conf
+file=/etc/named.conf
+bck_file ${file}
+
+echo_debug "now putting ${file} configuration"
+
+reversenet=`echo ${wiz_ip_net}|sed -e 's/^\([0-9]*\)\.\([0-9]*\)\.\([0-9]*\)\.[0-9]*$/\3\.\2\.\1/'`
+echo_debug "reversenet : ${reversenet}"
+
+cat ${CWD}/scripts/named.conf.default > /var/tmp/named.conf.default
+
+if [ -z "${wiz_ext_dns1}" ]; then
+	TMPFILE=`mktemp /tmp/temp.XXXXXX` || exit 1
+	cat /var/tmp/named.conf.default > ${TMPFILE}
+	cat ${TMPFILE}|sed -e "s/^.*__ISPNS1__.*$/\/\/&/" >/var/tmp/named.conf.default
+	rm -f ${TMPFILE}
+fi
+if [ -z "${wiz_ext_dns2}" ]; then
+	TMPFILE=`mktemp /tmp/temp.XXXXXX` || exit 1
+	cat /var/tmp/named.conf.default > ${TMPFILE}
+	cat ${TMPFILE}|sed -e "s/^.*__ISPNS2__.*$/\/\/&/" >/var/tmp/named.conf.default
+	rm -f ${TMPFILE}
+fi
+
+cat /var/tmp/named.conf.default \
+|sed "s|__ISPNS1__|${wiz_ext_dns1}|g" \
+|sed "s|__ISPNS2__|${wiz_ext_dns2}|g" \
+|sed "s|__dname__|${wiz_domain_name}|g" \
+|sed "s|__revnet__|${reversenet}|g" \
+|sed "s|__net__|${s_trunc}|g" \
+> ${file}
+
+# Bug fix for bind 9:
+touch /etc/rndc.key
+
+# root.hints
+file=/var/named/root.hints
+bck_file ${file}
+
+cat ${CWD}/scripts/root.hints.default > ${file}
+
+# 127.0.0.rev
+file=/var/named/127.0.0.rev
+bck_file ${file}
+
+cat ${CWD}/scripts/127.0.0.rev.default \
+|sed "s|__hname__|${wiz_host_name}|g" \
+> ${file}
+
+up_serial ${file}
+
+# ipnet.rev
+
+file=/var/named/${s_trunc}.rev
+echo_debug "config about ${file}"
+bck_file ${file}
+
+cat ${CWD}/scripts/ipnet.rev.default > /var/tmp/ipnet.rev.default
+
+cat /var/tmp/ipnet.rev.default \
+|sed "s|__dname__|${wiz_domain_name}|g" \
+|sed "s|__hname__|${wiz_host_name}|g" \
+|sed "s|__revnet__|${reversenet}|g" \
+|sed "s|__nb__|${ds}|g" \
+> ${file}
+
+up_serial ${file}
+
+# domain.db
+file=/var/named/${wiz_domain_name}.db
+bck_file ${file}
+echo_debug "config ${file}"
+
+cat ${CWD}/scripts/domain.db.default > /var/tmp/domain.db.default
+
+cat /var/tmp/domain.db.default \
+|sed "s|__dname__|${wiz_domain_name}|g" \
+|sed "s|__hname__|${wiz_host_name}|g" \
+|sed "s|__ip__|${wiz_ip_server}|g" \
+|sed "s|__host__|${host}|g" \
+> ${file}
+
+up_serial ${file}
+
+# resolv.conf
+file=/etc/resolv.conf
+bck_file ${file}
+echo_debug "config ${file}"
+
+echo -e "\
+domain ${wiz_domain_name}\n\
+nameserver ${wiz_ip_server}\n\
+" > ${file}
+
+
+
+
+# restarting bind
+/sbin/chkconfig --level 235 named on
+/etc/rc.d/init.d/named restart
+
+
+file=/etc/sysconfig/mdk_serv
+wiz_caching_dns="1"
+chg_val ${file} wiz_caching_dns ${wiz_caching_dns} s
+# all is ok
+exit 10
+
+
+
diff --git a/dns_wizard/scripts/domain.db.default b/dns_wizard/scripts/domain.db.default
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3624df67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dns_wizard/scripts/domain.db.default
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+$ORIGIN .
+$TTL 86400      ; 1 day
+__dname__ IN SOA __dname__.  root.__dname__. (
+            20000101        ; Serial number
+            3600            ; 1 hour refresh
+            300             ; 5 minutes retry
+            172800          ; 2 days expiry
+            43200 )         ; 12 hours minimum
+
+; List the name servers in use.  Unresolved (entries in other zones)
+; will go to our ISP's name server isp.domain.name.com
+            IN NS           __hname__.
+
+
+            IN MX 10        __hname__.
+
+$ORIGIN __dname__.
+$TTL 86400      ; 1 day
+
+__host__	IN A    __ip__  	
+
+localhost	IN A       127.0.0.1
+	
+    ; Alias (canonical) names
+ftp         IN CNAME        __hname__.
+www         IN CNAME        __hname__.
+mail        IN CNAME        __hname__.
+	
+    ; List of machine names & addresses
+;box2    IN A    192.168.0.2   ; comment
+;box3    IN A    192.168.0.3   ; comment
diff --git a/dns_wizard/scripts/host.conf.default b/dns_wizard/scripts/host.conf.default
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1a8c1e15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dns_wizard/scripts/host.conf.default
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+order hosts,bind
+multi on
diff --git a/dns_wizard/scripts/ipnet.rev.default b/dns_wizard/scripts/ipnet.rev.default
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6d93cba0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dns_wizard/scripts/ipnet.rev.default
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+$ORIGIN .
+$TTL 86400      ; 1 day
+; default file for 192.168.0.rev (to be used by bind8)
+;
+; setting a local DNS server for a local Class C network
+; with an external DNS referee for non locally resolved address
+;
+; replace the __xxx__ values by the real ones
+;
+; Don't forget to upgrade the Serial number after a change
+;
+__revnet__.in-addr.arpa       IN      SOA     __dname__. root.__dname__.  (
+                                           1999070401 ; Serial
+                                           28800      ; Refresh
+                                           14400      ; Retry
+                                           3600000    ; Expire
+                                           86400 )    ; Minimum
+            IN NS           __hname__.
+
+$ORIGIN __revnet__.in-addr.arpa.
+$TTL 3600       ; 1 hour
+
+__nb__		IN PTR	__hname__.
+
+
+;1	IN PTR	box1.     
+;2	IN PTR	box2.     
+
+;  	254	IN PTR	box254.
+    
diff --git a/dns_wizard/scripts/named.conf.default b/dns_wizard/scripts/named.conf.default
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4c2dd2c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dns_wizard/scripts/named.conf.default
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+options {
+             // DNS tables are located in the /var/named directory
+	     directory "/var/named";
+		 pid-file "/var/run/named/named.pid";
+
+            // Forward any unresolved requests to our ISP's name server
+            forwarders {
+	                       __ISPNS1__;
+			       __ISPNS2__;
+            };
+             /*
+              * If there is a firewall between you and nameservers you want
+              * to talk to, you might need to uncomment the query-source
+              * directive below.  Previous versions of BIND always asked
+              * questions using port 53, but BIND 8.1 uses an unprivileged
+              * port by default.
+              */
+             // query-source address * port 53;
+     };
+
+
+    zone "." {
+            type hint;
+            file "root.hints";
+    };
+    // All our DNS information is stored in /var/named/domain.name.db
+
+    zone "__dname__" {
+            type master;
+            file "__dname__.db";
+	    // some security
+            allow-transfer { 127.0.0.1; };
+    };
+
+
+
+    zone "0.0.127.in-addr.arpa" {
+             notify no;
+             type master;
+             file "127.0.0.rev";
+             allow-transfer { 127.0.0.1; };
+     };
+
+
+     zone "__revnet__.in-addr.arpa" {
+             notify no;
+             type master;
+             file "__net__.rev";
+             allow-transfer { 127.0.0.1; };
+     };
+     
+     
+    
+     
diff --git a/dns_wizard/scripts/root.hints.default b/dns_wizard/scripts/root.hints.default
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a97a5e89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dns_wizard/scripts/root.hints.default
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+
+; <<>> DiG 8.2 <<>> 
+;; res options: init recurs defnam dnsrch
+;; got answer:
+;; ->>HEADER<<- opcode: QUERY, status: NOERROR, id: 4
+;; flags: qr rd ra; QUERY: 1, ANSWER: 13, AUTHORITY: 0, ADDITIONAL: 13
+;; QUERY SECTION:
+;;	., type = NS, class = IN
+
+;; ANSWER SECTION:
+.			2d11h37m30s IN NS  I.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
+.			2d11h37m30s IN NS  E.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
+.			2d11h37m30s IN NS  D.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
+.			2d11h37m30s IN NS  A.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
+.			2d11h37m30s IN NS  H.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
+.			2d11h37m30s IN NS  C.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
+.			2d11h37m30s IN NS  G.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
+.			2d11h37m30s IN NS  F.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
+.			2d11h37m30s IN NS  B.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
+.			2d11h37m30s IN NS  J.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
+.			2d11h37m30s IN NS  K.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
+.			2d11h37m30s IN NS  L.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
+.			2d11h37m30s IN NS  M.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
+
+;; ADDITIONAL SECTION:
+I.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.	3d11h37m30s IN A  192.36.148.17
+E.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.	3d11h37m30s IN A  192.203.230.10
+D.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.	3d11h37m30s IN A  128.8.10.90
+A.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.	3d11h37m30s IN A  198.41.0.4
+H.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.	3d11h37m30s IN A  128.63.2.53
+C.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.	3d11h37m30s IN A  192.33.4.12
+G.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.	3d11h37m30s IN A  192.112.36.4
+F.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.	3d11h37m30s IN A  192.5.5.241
+B.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.	3d11h37m30s IN A  128.9.0.107
+J.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.	3d11h37m30s IN A  198.41.0.10
+K.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.	3d11h37m30s IN A  193.0.14.129
+L.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.	3d11h37m30s IN A  198.32.64.12
+M.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.	3d11h37m30s IN A  202.12.27.33
+
+;; Total query time: 7 msec
+;; FROM: keima.mandrakesoft.com to SERVER: default -- 192.168.1.11
+;; WHEN: Fri Mar 24 21:01:57 2000
+;; MSG SIZE  sent: 17  rcvd: 436
+
diff --git a/firewall_wizard/scripts/bastille-firewall.cfg.default b/firewall_wizard/scripts/bastille-firewall.cfg.default
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..746c61de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/firewall_wizard/scripts/bastille-firewall.cfg.default
@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
+#
+# /etc/bastille-firewall.cfg
+#
+# Configuration fiel for both 2.2/ipchains and 2.4/netfilter scripts
+#
+# version 0.99-beta1
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2001 Peter Watkins 
+#
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+#
+# Thanks to David Ranch, Brad A, Don G, and others for their suggestions
+
+# the configuration values should be whitespace-delimited lists of 
+# appropriate values, e.g.
+# 	TCP_PUBLIC_SERVICES="80 smtp ssh"
+# lists Web (port 80), SMTP mail, and Secure Shell ports
+#
+# This script is suitable for workstations or simple NAT firewalls;
+# you may want to add more "output" restrictions for serious servers
+
+# 0) DNS servers. You must list your DNS servers here so that
+#	the firewall will allow them to service your lookup requests
+#
+# List of DNS servers/networks to allow "domain" responses from
+# This _could_ be nameservers as a list of <ip-address>/32 entries
+#DNS_SERVERS="a.b.c.d/32 e.f.g.h/32"	
+# If you are running a caching nameserver, you'll need to allow from
+# "0.0.0.0/0" so named can query any arbitrary nameserver
+# (To enable a caching nameserver, you will also probably need to
+#  add "domain" to the TCP and UDP public service lists.)
+#DNS_SERVERS="0.0.0.0/0"
+#
+# To have the DNS servers parsed from /etc/resolv.conf at runtime,
+# as normal workstations will want, make this variable empty
+#DNS_SERVERS=""
+#
+# Please make sure variable assignments are on single lines; do NOT
+# use the "\" continuation character (so Bastille can change the
+# values if it is run more than once)
+DNS_SERVERS=""
+
+
+# 1) define your interfaces
+#	Note a "+" acts as a wildcard, e.g. ppp+ would match any PPP 
+#	interface
+#
+# list internal/trusted interfaces
+# traffic from these interfaces will be allowed 
+# through the firewall, no restrictions
+#TRUSTED_IFACES="lo"					# MINIMAL/SAFEST
+#
+# list external/untrusted interfaces
+#PUBLIC_IFACES="eth+ ppp+ slip+"			# SAFEST
+#
+# list internal/partially-trusted interfaces
+# e.g. if this acts as a NAT/IP Masq server and you
+# don't want clients on those interfaces having 
+# full network access to services running on this
+# server (as the TRUSTED_IFACES allows)
+#INTERNAL_IFACES=""				# SAFEST
+#
+# Please make sure variable assignments are on single lines; do NOT
+# use the "\" continuation character (so Bastille can change the
+# values if it is run more than once)
+TRUSTED_IFACES="lo"					# MINIMAL/SAFEST
+PUBLIC_IFACES="eth+ ppp+"			# SAFEST
+INTERNAL_IFACES=""				# SAFEST
+
+
+# 2) services for which we want to log access attempts to syslog
+#	Note this only audits connection attempts from public interfaces
+#
+#	Also see item 12, LOG_FAILURES
+#
+#TCP_AUDIT_SERVICES="telnet ftp imap pop3 finger sunrpc exec login linuxconf ssh" 
+# anyone probing for BackOrifice?
+#UDP_AUDIT_SERVICES="31337"
+# how about ICMP?
+#ICMP_AUDIT_TYPES=""
+#ICMP_AUDIT_TYPES="echo-request"	# ping/MS tracert
+#
+# To enable auditing, you must have syslog configured to log "kern"
+# messages of "info" level; typically you'd do this with a line in
+# syslog.conf like
+#   kern.info				/var/log/messages
+# though the Bastille port monitor will normally want these messages
+# logged to a named pipe instead, and the Bastille script normally
+# configures syslog for "kern.*" which catches these messages
+#
+# Please make sure variable assignments are on single lines; do NOT
+# use the "\" continuation character (so Bastille can change the
+# values if it is run more than once)
+TCP_AUDIT_SERVICES=""
+UDP_AUDIT_SERVICES=""
+ICMP_AUDIT_TYPES=""
+
+
+# 3) services we allow connections to
+#
+# FTP note:
+#	To allow your machine to service "passive" FTP clients,
+#	you will need to make allowances for the passive data
+#	ports; Bastille users should read README.FTP for more
+#	information
+#
+# "public" interfaces:
+# TCP services that "public" hosts should be allowed to connect to
+#TCP_PUBLIC_SERVICES=""					# MINIMAL/SAFEST
+#
+# UDP services that "public" hosts should be allowed to connect to
+#UDP_PUBLIC_SERVICES=""					# MINIMAL/SAFEST
+#
+# "internal" interfaces:
+# (NB: you will need to repeat the "public" services if you want
+#      to allow "internal" hosts to reach those services, too.)
+# TCP services that internal clients can connect to
+#TCP_INTERNAL_SERVICES=""				# MINIMAL/SAFEST
+#
+# UDP services that internal clients can connect to
+#UDP_INTERNAL_SERVICES=""				# MINIMAL/SAFEST
+#
+# Please make sure variable assignments are on single lines; do NOT
+# use the "\" continuation character (so Bastille can change the
+# values if it is run more than once)
+#TCP_PUBLIC_SERVICES="109 53 143 80 20 21 22 110 443 25" # MINIMAL/SAFEST
+TCP_PUBLIC_SERVICES=""	# MINIMAL/SAFEST
+UDP_PUBLIC_SERVICES=""					# MINIMAL/SAFEST
+TCP_INTERNAL_SERVICES="www ssh" # MINIMAL/SAFEST
+UDP_INTERNAL_SERVICES=""				# MINIMAL/SAFEST
+
+# 4) FTP is a firewall nightmare; if you allow "normal" FTP connections,
+#	you must be careful to block any TCP services that are listening
+#	on high ports; it's safer to require your FTP clients to use
+#	"passive" mode. 
+#
+#	Note this will also force clients on machines
+#	that use this one for NAT/IP Masquerading to use passive mode
+#	for connections that go through this server (e.g. from the
+#	internal network to public Internet machines
+#
+#	For more information about FTP, see the Bastille README.FTP doc
+#
+#FORCE_PASV_FTP="N"
+#FORCE_PASV_FTP="Y"					# SAFEST
+#
+FORCE_PASV_FTP="N"					# SAFEST
+
+
+# 5) Services to explicitly block. See FTP note above
+#	Note that ranges of ports are specified with colons, and you
+#	can specify an open range by using only one number, e.g.
+#	1024: means ports >= 1024 and :6000 means ports <= 6000
+#
+# TCP services on high ports that should be blocked if not forcing passive FTP
+# This should include X (6000:6010) and anything else revealed by 'netstat -an'
+#  (this does not matter unless you're not forcing "passive" FTP)
+#TCP_BLOCKED_SERVICES="6000:6020"
+#
+# UDP services to block: this should be UDP services on high ports.
+# Your only vulnerability from public interfaces are the DNS and
+# NTP servers/networks (those with 0.0.0.0 for DNS servers should
+# obviously be very careful here!)
+#UDP_BLOCKED_SERVICES="2049"
+#
+# types of ICMP packets to allow
+#ICMP_ALLOWED_TYPES="destination-unreachable"		# MINIMAL/SAFEST
+# the following allows you to ping/traceroute outbound
+#ICMP_ALLOWED_TYPES="destination-unreachable echo-reply time-exceeded"
+#
+# Please make sure variable assignments are on single lines; do NOT
+# use the "\" continuation character (so Bastille can change the
+# values if it is run more than once)
+TCP_BLOCKED_SERVICES="6000:6020"
+UDP_BLOCKED_SERVICES="2049"
+ICMP_ALLOWED_TYPES="destination-unreachable echo-reply time-exceeded"
+
+
+# 6) Source Address Verification helps prevent "IP Spoofing" attacks
+#
+ENABLE_SRC_ADDR_VERIFY="Y"				# SAFEST
+
+
+# 7) IP Masquerading / NAT. List your internal/masq'ed networks here
+#
+#	Also see item 4, FORCE_PASV_FTP, as that setting affects
+#	clients using IP Masquerading through this machine
+#
+# Set this variable if you're using IP Masq / NAT for a local network
+#IP_MASQ_NETWORK=""					# DISABLE/SAFEST
+#IP_MASQ_NETWORK="10.0.0.0/8"				# example
+#IP_MASQ_NETWORK="192.168.0.0/16"			# example
+#
+# Have lots of masq hosts? uncomment the following six lines 
+#  and list the hosts/networks in /etc/firewall-masqhosts
+#  the script assumes any address without a "/" netmask afterwards
+#  is an individual address (netmask /255.255.255.255):
+#if [ -f /etc/firewall-masqhosts ]; then
+#  echo "Reading list of masq hosts from /etc/firewall-masqhosts"
+#  # Read the file, but use 'awk' to strip comments
+#  # Note the sed bracket phrase includes a space and tab char
+#  IP_MASQ_NETWORK=`cat /etc/firewall-masqhosts | awk -F\# '/\// {print $1; next} /[0-9]/ {print $1"/32"}' |sed 's:[ 	]*::g'`
+#fi
+# 
+# Masq modules
+# NB: The script will prepend "ip_masq_" to each module name
+#IP_MASQ_MODULES="cuseeme ftp irc quake raudio vdolive"	# ALL (?)
+#IP_MASQ_MODULES="ftp raudio vdolive"			# RECOMMENDED
+#
+# Please make sure variable assignments are on single lines; do NOT
+# use the "\" continuation character (so Bastille can change the
+# values if it is run more than once)
+IP_MASQ_NETWORK="192.168.4.0/24"					# DISABLE/SAFEST
+IP_MASQ_MODULES=""			# RECOMMENDED
+
+
+# 8) How to react to disallowed packets
+# whether to "REJECT" or "DENY" disallowed packets; if you're running any
+# public services, you probably ought to use "REJECT"; if in serious stealth
+# mode, choose "DENY" so simple probes don't know if there's anything out there
+#	NOTE: disallowed ICMP packets are discarded with "DENY", as
+#		it would not make sense to "reject" the packet if you're
+#		trying to disallow ping/traceroute
+#
+REJECT_METHOD="DENY"
+
+
+# 9) DHCP
+#    In case your server needs to get a DHCP address from some other
+#    machine (e.g. cable modem)
+#DHCP_IFACES="eth0"			# example, to allow you to query on eth0
+#DHCP_IFACES=""				# DISABLED
+#
+# Please make sure variable assignments are on single lines; do NOT
+# use the "\" continuation character (so Bastille can change the
+# values if it is run more than once)
+DHCP_IFACES=""				# DISABLED
+
+
+# 10) more UDP fun. List IP addresses or network space of NTP servers
+#
+#NTP_SERVERS=""				# DISABLE NTP QUERIES / SAFEST
+#NTP_SERVERS="a.b.c.d/32 e.f.g.h/32"	# example, to allow querying 2 servers
+#
+# Please make sure variable assignments are on single lines; do NOT
+# use the "\" continuation character (so Bastille can change the
+# values if it is run more than once)
+NTP_SERVERS=""				# DISABLE NTP QUERIES / SAFEST
+
+
+# 11) more ICMP. Control the outbound ICMP to make yourself invisible to
+#     traceroute probes
+#
+#ICMP_OUTBOUND_DISABLED_TYPES="destination-unreachable time-exceeded"
+#
+# Please make sure variable assignments are on single lines; do NOT
+# use the "\" continuation character (so Bastille can change the
+# values if it is run more than once)
+ICMP_OUTBOUND_DISABLED_TYPES="destination-unreachable time-exceeded"
+
+
+# 12) Logging
+#	With this enabled, ipchains will log all blocked packets.
+#	         ** this could generate huge logs **
+#	This is primarily intended for the port mointoring system; 
+#	also note that you probably do not want to "AUDIT" any services
+#	that you are not allowing, as doing so would mean duplicate
+#	logging
+LOG_FAILURES="N"				# do not log blocked packets
+
+# 13) Block fragmented packets
+#       There's no good reason to allow these
+#ALLOW_FRAGMENTS="N"				# safest
+ALLOW_FRAGMENTS="Y"				# old behavior
+
+# 14) Prevent SMB broadcasts from leaking out NAT setup
+#	Windows machines will poll teh net with SMB broadcasts,
+#	basically advertising their existence. Most folks agree
+#	that this traffic should be dropped
+#DROP_SMB_NAT_BCAST="N"		# allow them (are you sure?)
+DROP_SMB_NAT_BCAST="Y"		# drop those packets
+
diff --git a/firewall_wizard/scripts/check_ext_device.sh b/firewall_wizard/scripts/check_ext_device.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..c1fc0092
--- /dev/null
+++ b/firewall_wizard/scripts/check_ext_device.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# script for wizard firewall configuration
+#
+# checking if the provided value is correct :
+# strip the @, need at least a dot
+
+
+dtmp=`echo ${wiz_ext_device} |sed -e 's/^\(\w*\).*$/\1/'`
+if [ -z "${dtmp}" ] ;then
+	echo_debug "wiz_ext_device is empty, should not."
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+# all seems to be ok
+exit 10
diff --git a/firewall_wizard/scripts/compute_ext_device.sh b/firewall_wizard/scripts/compute_ext_device.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..718517c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/firewall_wizard/scripts/compute_ext_device.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# script for wizard firewall configuration
+#
+# return on stdout the default value for network device
+
+
+device=
+file=/etc/sysconfig/network
+
+[ -f ${file} ] && device=`get_val ${file} GATEWAYDEV`
+
+[ -z "${device}" ] && device="ppp0"
+
+echo_debug "proposed ext device : ${device}"
+
+echo ${device}
+
+exit 0
+
diff --git a/firewall_wizard/scripts/compute_level_name.sh b/firewall_wizard/scripts/compute_level_name.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..578b06f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/firewall_wizard/scripts/compute_level_name.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+
+# firewall protection level
+#
+#- level 0 : no protection
+#
+#- level 1 : light filtering, usual services opened
+#
+#- level 2 : only 'internet' services
+#
+#- level 3 : strong protection : only out mail & http
+#
+
+[ -z "${wiz_firewall_level}" ] && wiz_firewall_level=0
+[ ${wiz_firewall_level} -le 0 ] && wiz_firewall_level=0
+[ ${wiz_firewall_level} -ge 3 ] && wiz_firewall_level=3
+
+[ -z "$LANG" ] && LANG=en
+
+case "$LANG" in
+
+	fr)
+	case "${wiz_firewall_level}" in
+
+		0) txt="Aucun - Pas de protection" 
+		;;
+		1) txt="Faible - Léger filtrage, services standards ouverts"
+		;;
+		2) txt="Intermédiaire - Web, ftp et ssh accessibles de l'extérieur"
+		;;
+		3) txt="Fort - Invisible de l'extérieur, usage interne limité au web"
+		;;
+		*) txt="Aucun niveau selectionné ???"
+		;;
+	esac
+	;;
+	
+	it)
+	case "${wiz_firewall_level}" in
+
+		0) txt="None - No protection" 
+		;;
+		1) txt="Low - Light filtering, standard services available"
+		;;
+		2) txt="Medium - web, ftp and ssh shown to outside"
+		;;
+		3) txt="Strong - no outside visibility, users limited to web"
+		;;
+		*) txt="No Level protection selected ???"
+		;;
+	esac
+	;;
+	
+	es)
+	case "${wiz_firewall_level}" in
+
+		0) txt="None - No protection" 
+		;;
+		1) txt="Low - Light filtering, standard services available"
+		;;
+		2) txt="Medium - web, ftp and ssh shown to outside"
+		;;
+		3) txt="Strong - no outside visibility, users limited to web"
+		;;
+		*) txt="No Level protection selected ???"
+		;;
+	esac
+	;;
+	
+	de)
+	case "${wiz_firewall_level}" in
+
+		0) txt="None - No protection" 
+		;;
+		1) txt="Low - Light filtering, standard services available"
+		;;
+		2) txt="Medium - web, ftp and ssh shown to outside"
+		;;
+		3) txt="Strong - no outside visibility, users limited to web"
+		;;
+		*) txt="No Level protection selected ???"
+		;;
+	esac
+	;;
+	
+	es)
+	case "${wiz_firewall_level}" in
+
+		0) txt="None - No protection" 
+		;;
+		1) txt="Low - Light filtering, standard services available"
+		;;
+		2) txt="Medium - web, ftp and ssh shown to outside"
+		;;
+		3) txt="Strong - no outside visibility, users limited to web"
+		;;
+		*) txt="No Level protection selected ???"
+		;;
+	esac
+	;;
+	
+	*)
+	case "${wiz_firewall_level}" in
+
+		0) txt="None - No protection" 
+		;;
+		1) txt="Low - Light filtering, standard services available"
+		;;
+		2) txt="Medium - web, ftp and ssh shown to outside"
+		;;
+		3) txt="Strong - no outside visibility, users limited to web"
+		;;
+		*) txt="No Level protection selected ???"
+		;;
+	esac
+	;;
+esac
+
+echo_debug "firewall level : ${txt}"
+
+echo $txt
+
+exit 0
diff --git a/firewall_wizard/scripts/do_it_firew.sh b/firewall_wizard/scripts/do_it_firew.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..89defad7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/firewall_wizard/scripts/do_it_firew.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# firewall		This script sets up firewall rules.
+#
+# description: Sets up or removes firewall rules.
+#
+# Firewall rules for a firewall between a private internal network and the
+# Internet.
+#
+# hacked to fit with wizard, protection level and initscripts.
+#
+# initial copyright :
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Roaring Penguin Software Inc.  This software may
+# be distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version
+# 2 or any later version.
+
+# firewall protection level
+#
+#- level 0 : no protection
+#	open all TCP/UDP PORT on / and through the server/firewall
+#	DROP unroutable network
+#
+#- level 1 : light filtering, usual services opened
+#	open all TCP/UDP PORT on / and through the server/firewall
+#	DROP unroutable network
+#	NAT Activated on external interface
+#
+#- level 2 : only 'internet' services
+#	open only configured services on this server/firewall
+#	DROP unroutable network
+#	NAT Activated on external interface
+#
+#- level 3 : strong protection : only out mail & http
+#	DROP unroutable network
+#	block all ports except ssh
+#
+
+# this should be launched by a wizard screen ?
+${CWD}/scripts/store_fwall.sh
+
+typeset -i firewall_level
+wiz_firewall_level=`get_var wiz_firewall_level`
+[ -z "${wiz_firewall_level}" ] && wiz_firewall_level=0
+[ ${wiz_firewall_level} -le 0 ] && wiz_firewall_level=0
+[ ${wiz_firewall_level} -ge 3 ] && wiz_firewall_level=3
+echo_debug "# firewall level : ${wiz_firewall_level}"
+
+firewall_cfg=/etc/Bastille/bastille-firewall.cfg
+bastille_firewall=/etc/init.d/bastille-firewall
+bastille_ipchains=/sbin/bastille-ipchains
+bastille_netfilter=/sbin/bastille-netfilter
+file=/etc/sysconfig/mdk_serv
+
+# check requires files
+[ -f $firewall_cfg ] || {
+        echo_debug "no Bastille config file"
+		        cp -a ./scripts/bastille-firewall.cfg.default $firewall_cfg
+		}
+for f in $bastille_firewall $bastille_ipchains $bastille_netfilter; do
+		[ -f $f ] || {
+		echo_debug "no $f file"
+		cp /usr/share/Bastille/$(basename $f) $f
+		chmod +x $f
+}
+done
+
+TCP_PUBLIC_SERVICES=""
+UDP_PUBLIC_SERVICES=""
+TCP_INTERNAL_SERVICES=""
+UDP_INTERNAL_SERVICES=""
+
+# Wildcard address
+ANY=0.0.0.0/0
+
+# Interface to Internet
+EXTIF=`get_var wiz_ext_device`
+if [ -z "${EXTIF}" ]; then 
+	EXTIF=ppp0
+fi	
+
+INTERNAL_IFACES=`get_var wiz_device`
+if [ -z "${INTERNAL_IFACES}" ]; then
+	echo_debug "# no internal network, exiting"
+	exit 1
+fi
+if [ "x$INTERNAL_IFACES" = "x$EXTIF" ]; then
+		echo_debug "# external network device : ${EXTIF}"
+		chg_val ${firewall_cfg} PUBLIC_IFACES ""
+
+		echo_debug "# internal network device : ${INTERNAL_IFACES}"
+		chg_val ${firewall_cfg} INTERNAL_IFACES ${INTERNAL_IFACES}
+
+else
+		echo_debug "# external network device : ${EXTIF}"
+		chg_val ${firewall_cfg} PUBLIC_IFACES ${EXTIF}
+
+		echo_debug "# internal network device : ${INTERNAL_IFACES}"
+		chg_val ${firewall_cfg} INTERNAL_IFACES ${INTERNAL_IFACES}
+fi
+
+# Internal network address.  For stand-alone machines, delete this and
+# all the "forward" rules.
+INTERNAL=`get_var wiz_ip_net`/24
+if [ "${INTERNAL}" = "/24" ]; then 
+	echo_debug "# no internal network, exiting"
+	exit 1
+fi	
+
+# DNS Caching Name Server activated or not
+wiz_caching_dns=`get_val ${file} wiz_caching_dns`
+if [ ${wiz_caching_dns} -eq 1 ]; then 
+	echo_debug "# DNS caching dns server : ${wiz_caching_dns}"
+	chg_val ${firewall_cfg} DNS_SERVERS ${ANY} s
+	UDP_INTERNAL_SERVICES="$UDP_INTERNAL_SERVICES domain "
+else
+	echo_debug "# No DNS caching dns server : ${wiz_caching_dns}"
+	chg_val ${firewall_cfg} DNS_SERVERS "" s
+fi
+# news
+echo_debug "# if exist, activate news server queries"
+wiz_news_server=`get_val ${file} wiz_news_server`
+if [ ! -z "${wiz_news_server}" ]; then
+	chg_val ${firewall_cfg}  NTP_SERVERS ${wiz_news_server} s
+	TCP_INTERNAL_SERVICES="$TCP_INTERNAL_SERVICES nntp "
+	UDP_INTERNAL_SERVICES="$UDP_INTERNAL_SERVICES nntp "
+else 
+	chg_val ${firewall_cfg}  NTP_SERVERS "" s
+fi
+
+echo_debug "# check ftp server"
+wiz_ftp_internal=`get_val ${file} wiz_ftp_internal`
+wiz_ftp_external=`get_val ${file} wiz_ftp_external`
+
+if [ ${wiz_ftp_external} -eq 1 ]; then
+	TCP_PUBLIC_SERVICES="$TCP_PUBLIC_SERVICES ftp ftp-data "
+	UDP_PUBLIC_SERVICES="$UDP_PUBLIC_SERVICES ftp ftp-data "
+	TCP_INTERNAL_SERVICES="$TCP_INTERNAL_SERVICES ftp ftp-data "
+	UDP_INTERNAL_SERVICES="$UDP_INTERNAL_SERVICES ftp ftp-data "
+elif [ ${wiz_ftp_internal} -eq 1 ]; then
+	TCP_PUBLIC_SERVICES="$TCP_PUBLIC_SERVICES "
+	UDP_PUBLIC_SERVICES="$UDP_PUBLIC_SERVICES "
+	TCP_INTERNAL_SERVICES="$TCP_INTERNAL_SERVICES ftp ftp-data "
+	UDP_INTERNAL_SERVICES="$UDP_INTERNAL_SERVICES ftp ftp-data "
+fi
+
+echo_debug "# check http server"
+wiz_web_internal=`get_val ${file} wiz_web_internal`
+wiz_web_external=`get_val ${file} wiz_web_external`
+
+if [ ${wiz_web_external} -eq 1 ]; then
+	TCP_PUBLIC_SERVICES="$TCP_PUBLIC_SERVICES http https "
+	UDP_PUBLIC_SERVICES="$UDP_PUBLIC_SERVICES http https "
+	TCP_INTERNAL_SERVICES="$TCP_INTERNAL_SERVICES http https "
+	UDP_INTERNAL_SERVICES="$UDP_INTERNAL_SERVICES http https "
+elif [ ${wiz_web_internal} -eq 1 ]; then
+	TCP_PUBLIC_SERVICES="$TCP_PUBLIC_SERVICES "
+	UDP_PUBLIC_SERVICES="$UDP_PUBLIC_SERVICES "
+	TCP_INTERNAL_SERVICES="$TCP_INTERNAL_SERVICES http https "
+	UDP_INTERNAL_SERVICES="$UDP_INTERNAL_SERVICES http https "
+fi
+
+echo_debug "# check Samba server"
+wiz_workgroup=`get_val ${file} wiz_workgroup`
+
+if [ ! -z ${wiz_workgroup} ]; then
+	TCP_INTERNAL_SERVICES="$TCP_INTERNAL_SERVICES netbios-ns netbios-dgm netbios-ssn "
+	UDP_INTERNAL_SERVICES="$UDP_INTERNAL_SERVICES netbios-ns netbios-dgm netbios-ssn "
+fi
+
+echo_debug "# check Mail server"
+wiz_mail_server=`get_val ${file} wiz_mail_server`
+if [ ! -z ${wiz_mail_server} ]; then
+	TCP_INTERNAL_SERVICES="$TCP_INTERNAL_SERVICES smtp pop3 pop3s pop2 imap  imap3 imap4-ssl imaps "
+	UDP_INTERNAL_SERVICES="$UDP_INTERNAL_SERVICES smtp pop3 pop3s pop2 imap  imap3 imap4-ssl imaps "
+fi
+echo_debug "# check DHCP server"
+wiz_ip_range1=`get_val ${file} wiz_ip_range1`
+if [ ! -z ${wiz_ip_range1} -a ! -z ${wiz_ip_range2} ]; then
+	TCP_INTERNAL_SERVICES="$TCP_INTERNAL_SERVICES bootps bootpc "
+	UDP_INTERNAL_SERVICES="$UDP_INTERNAL_SERVICES bootps bootpc "
+fi
+# open ssh 
+TCP_PUBLIC_SERVICES="$TCP_INTERNAL_SERVICES ssh "
+UDP_PUBLIC_SERVICES="$UDP_INTERNAL_SERVICES ssh "
+TCP_INTERNAL_SERVICES="$TCP_INTERNAL_SERVICES ssh "
+UDP_INTERNAL_SERVICES="$UDP_INTERNAL_SERVICES ssh "
+
+
+# Source function library.  THIS WORKS ONLY ON RED HAT-LIKE SYSTEMS.
+#. /etc/rc.d/init.d/functions
+
+# level 0 et 3
+if [ ${wiz_firewall_level} -eq 0 -o ${wiz_firewall_level} -eq 3  ]; then
+	echo_debug "# Direct routing (without NAT)"
+	chg_val ${firewall_cfg} IP_MASQ_NETWORK "" s
+else
+	echo_debug "# NAT internal network : ${INTERNAL}"
+	chg_val ${firewall_cfg} IP_MASQ_NETWORK ${INTERNAL}
+fi
+
+# level 0 ou 1
+if [ ${wiz_firewall_level} -le 1 ]; then
+	echo_debug "# open all TCP/UDP PORT on/and through the server/firewall"
+	chg_val ${firewall_cfg} TCP_PUBLIC_SERVICES ":" s
+	chg_val ${firewall_cfg} UDP_PUBLIC_SERVICES ":" s
+	chg_val ${firewall_cfg} TCP_INTERNAL_SERVICES ":" s
+	chg_val ${firewall_cfg} UDP_INTERNAL_SERVICES ":" s
+fi
+
+
+if [ ${wiz_firewall_level} -eq 2 ]; then
+	chg_val ${firewall_cfg} TCP_PUBLIC_SERVICES "$TCP_PUBLIC_SERVICES" s
+	chg_val ${firewall_cfg} UDP_PUBLIC_SERVICES "$UDP_PUBLIC_SERVICES" s
+	chg_val ${firewall_cfg} TCP_INTERNAL_SERVICES "$TCP_INTERNAL_SERVICES" s
+	chg_val ${firewall_cfg} UDP_INTERNAL_SERVICES "$UDP_INTERNAL_SERVICES" s
+fi
+
+if [ ${wiz_firewall_level} -eq 3 ]; then
+	chg_val ${firewall_cfg} TCP_PUBLIC_SERVICES " " s
+	chg_val ${firewall_cfg} UDP_PUBLIC_SERVICES " " s
+	chg_val ${firewall_cfg} TCP_INTERNAL_SERVICES "ssh" s
+	chg_val ${firewall_cfg} UDP_INTERNAL_SERVICES "ssh" s
+fi
+
+echo_debug "# launch bastille-firewall script"
+
+chkconfig --level 345 bastille-firewall on
+service bastille-firewall start
+
+exit 0
diff --git a/firewall_wizard/scripts/firew.sh b/firewall_wizard/scripts/firew.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..c7f1b10b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/firewall_wizard/scripts/firew.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# firewall		This script sets up firewall rules.
+#
+# chkconfig: 2345 09 91
+# description: Sets up or removes firewall rules.
+#
+# Firewall rules for a firewall between a private internal network and the
+# Internet.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Roaring Penguin Software Inc.  This software may
+# be distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version
+# 2 or any later version.
+
+# Interface to Internet
+EXTIF=ppp0
+
+# Internal network address.  For stand-alone machines, delete this and
+# all the "forward" rules.
+INTERNAL=192.168.2.0/24
+
+# Wildcard address
+ANY=0.0.0.0/0
+
+# Source function library.  THIS WORKS ONLY ON RED HAT-LIKE SYSTEMS.
+
+. /etc/rc.d/init.d/functions
+
+### For details, see the man page ipchains(1) and
+### /usr/share/doc/HOWTO/IPCHAINS-HOWTO -- David.
+
+case "$1" in
+    start)
+	echo -n "Setting up firewall rules"
+
+	# Turn on forwarding to silence warnings...
+	echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward
+
+	# Set default policies; clear all rules
+	ipchains -P input ACCEPT
+	ipchains -P output ACCEPT
+	ipchains -P forward DENY
+
+	ipchains -F forward
+	ipchains -F input
+	ipchains -F output
+
+	### Spoof protection: Drop obviously suspect packets ###
+
+	# Drop packets claiming to be from unroutable addresses
+	ipchains -A input -l -s 10.0.0.0/8     -i $EXTIF -j DENY
+	ipchains -A input -l -s 172.16.0.0/12  -i $EXTIF -j DENY
+	ipchains -A input -l -s 192.168.0.0/16 -i $EXTIF -j DENY
+
+	# Drop packets wanting to go to unroutable addresses
+	ipchains -A input -l -d 10.0.0.0/8     -i $EXTIF -j DENY
+	ipchains -A input -l -d 172.16.0.0/12  -i $EXTIF -j DENY
+	ipchains -A input -l -d 192.168.0.0/16 -i $EXTIF -j DENY
+
+	### External access to services on this machine ###
+
+	# Reject identd packets without logging
+	ipchains -A input -i $EXTIF -p tcp -d $ANY 113 -j REJECT
+
+	# Allow access to sendmail -- log connection attempts
+	#ipchains -A input -l -i $EXTIF -p tcp -d $ANY 25 -y -j ACCEPT
+	#ipchains -A input  -i $EXTIF -p tcp -d $ANY 25 -j ACCEPT
+
+	# Allow access to ssh -- we run ssh on port 23 because of
+	# a stupid client firewall at one place we work.
+	#ipchains -A input -l -i $EXTIF -p tcp -d $ANY 23 -y -j ACCEPT
+	#ipchains -A input -i $EXTIF -p tcp -d $ANY 23 -j ACCEPT
+
+	# Deny all other TCP connection attempts on the external interface
+	ipchains -A input -l -i $EXTIF -p tcp -y -j DENY
+
+	# Deny TCP and UDP packets to privileged ports
+	ipchains -A input -l -i $EXTIF -d $ANY 0:1023 -p udp -j DENY
+	ipchains -A input -l -i $EXTIF -d $ANY 0:1023 -p tcp -j DENY
+
+	### FORWARD rules only apply if you have an internal LAN gatewaying
+	### through this computer.
+	# Allow DNS queries
+	ipchains -A forward -s $INTERNAL 1024: -d $ANY 53 -p udp -j MASQ
+
+	# Allow internal users to browse web (http and https)
+	ipchains -A forward -s $INTERNAL 1024: -d $ANY 80  -p tcp -b -j MASQ
+	ipchains -A forward -s $INTERNAL 1024: -d $ANY 443  -p tcp -b -j MASQ
+
+	# Allow internal users to read news
+	ipchains -A forward -s $INTERNAL 1024: -d $ANY 119  -p tcp -b -j MASQ
+
+	# Allow internal users to access POP and IMAP services on mail server
+	ipchains -A forward -s $INTERNAL 1024: -d $ANY 25 -p tcp -b -j MASQ
+	ipchains -A forward -s $INTERNAL 1024: -d $ANY 110 -p tcp -b -j MASQ
+	ipchains -A forward -s $INTERNAL 1024: -d $ANY 143 -p tcp -b -j MASQ
+
+	# Allow internal users to access external FTP servers
+	ipchains -A forward -s $INTERNAL 1024: -d $ANY 21  -p tcp -b -j MASQ
+
+	# Allow internal users to access external Telnet and SSH servers
+	ipchains -A forward -s $INTERNAL 1024: -d $ANY 22  -p tcp -b -j MASQ
+	ipchains -A forward -s $INTERNAL 1024: -d $ANY 23  -p tcp -b -j MASQ
+
+	# Allow unprivileged ports --> unprivileged ports for passive FTP
+	ipchains -A forward -s $INTERNAL 1024: -d $ANY 1024: -p tcp -b -j MASQ
+
+	# A catch-all rule for logging purposes
+	ipchains -A forward -s $ANY            -d $ANY -l            -j DENY
+
+	# Turn on forwarding
+	echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward
+
+	echo_success
+	echo ""
+	;;
+
+    stop)
+	echo -n "Shutting down firewall rules"
+	# Turn off forwarding
+	echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward
+
+	# Set default policies; clear all rules
+	ipchains -P input ACCEPT
+	ipchains -P output ACCEPT
+	ipchains -P forward DENY
+
+	ipchains -F forward
+	ipchains -F input
+	ipchains -F output
+	echo_success
+	echo ""
+        ;;
+
+    *)
+	echo "Usage: firewall {start|stop}"
+	exit 1
+esac
+
+exit 0
diff --git a/firewall_wizard/scripts/liste_ext_device.sh b/firewall_wizard/scripts/liste_ext_device.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..042590f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/firewall_wizard/scripts/liste_ext_device.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# script for wizard firewall configuration
+#
+# return on stdout the list of allowed devices for external network interface
+
+# this script should be improved
+
+pdevice=`. ./common/scripts/functions.sh; ./firewall_wizard/scripts/compute_ext_device.sh`
+
+liste="ppp0\nppp0\nppp1\nppp1\nisdn0\nisdn0\nisdn1\nisdn1\n"
+
+liste=$liste"`ifconfig -a | awk ' /^eth/ { print $1"\n"$1, $4,":",$5 } '`\n"
+
+#for i in 0 1 2 3 ;do
+#   liste=${liste}"eth$i\nethernet adapter \
+#   `ifconfig -a | grep eth$i| sed -n -e '1{s/.*HWaddr \(.*\)$/\1/p;}'`\n"
+
+#   liste=${liste}"eth$i\neth$i \
+#   `dmesg | grep eth$i| sed -n -e '1{s/^[^:]*: *\(.*\)$/\1/p;}'`\n"
+#done
+
+test=`echo "${liste}" | grep ${pdevice}`
+
+[ -z "${test}" ] && liste="${pdevice}\n"${liste}
+
+echo -ne "${liste}"
+
+exit 0
+
diff --git a/firewall_wizard/scripts/store_fwall.sh b/firewall_wizard/scripts/store_fwall.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..80f6b109
--- /dev/null
+++ b/firewall_wizard/scripts/store_fwall.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# script for wizard firewall configuration
+#
+# store the value of device and security level in /etc/sysconfig/mdk_serv
+
+file=/etc/sysconfig/mdk_serv
+
+# store the external device value
+dtmp=`echo ${wiz_ext_device} |sed -e 's/^\(\w*\).*$/\1/'`
+chg_val ${file} wiz_ext_device ${dtmp}
+
+# store the security level
+chg_val ${file} wiz_firewall_level ${wiz_firewall_level}
+
+exit 0
+
diff --git a/ftp_wizard/scripts/do_it_ftp.sh b/ftp_wizard/scripts/do_it_ftp.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..2f73aeb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ftp_wizard/scripts/do_it_ftp.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard anonymous configuration
+#
+# modify default ftp configuration
+# assuming all dependencies are ok
+#
+# WARNING : just using /etc/ftphosts for ftp configuration, assuming
+# other files are close to standard configuration
+
+
+open_inet_ftp(){
+if [ -z "`grep -E '^[[:space:]]*ftp[[:space:]]' /etc/inetd.conf`" ]; then
+	echo_debug "opening ftp in inetd.conf"
+	bck_file /etc/inetd.conf
+	cat /etc/inetd.conf.mdk_orig.1 \
+|sed -e '/[[:space:]]*#[[:space:]]*\(ftp[[:space:]].*\)$/{
+i \
+# opened by mdk_serv script on '"$(date)"'
+s//\1/
+}
+' >/etc/inetd.conf
+
+fi
+}
+
+
+
+# wiz_ftp_external and wiz_ftp_internal are provided by the running wizard
+# now, save them 
+file=/etc/sysconfig/mdk_serv
+
+echo_debug "internal : ${wiz_ftp_internal}"
+echo_debug "external : ${wiz_ftp_external}"
+
+# security
+[ "${wiz_ftp_external}" = "1" -o "${wiz_ftp_external}" = "0" ] || wiz_ftp_external=0
+[ "${wiz_ftp_internal}" = "1" -o "${wiz_ftp_internal}" = "0" ] || wiz_ftp_internal=0
+
+[ "${wiz_ftp_external}" = "1" ] && wiz_ftp_internal=1
+
+# store the wiz_ftp_external and wiz_ftp_internal value
+chg_val ${file} wiz_ftp_external ${wiz_ftp_external} s
+chg_val ${file} wiz_ftp_internal ${wiz_ftp_internal} s
+
+
+# saving /etc/ftphosts configuration file
+config="/etc/ftphosts"
+if [ ! -f ${config} ]; then
+	echo_debug "no ftp configuration file found ! warning."
+else
+	bck_file ${config}
+fi
+
+
+if [ "${wiz_ftp_external}" = "1" ]; then
+
+echo -e "\
+# host access file\n\
+# Everything after a '#' is treated as comment,\n\
+# empty lines are ignored\n\
+# acces allowed without host restriction done\n\
+# by script $(date)\
+"> ${config}
+
+    open_inet_ftp
+
+elif  [ "${wiz_ftp_internal}" = "1" ]; then
+
+ip=`get_var wiz_ip_net`
+echo -e "\
+# host access file\n\
+# Everything after a '#' is treated as comment,\n\
+# empty lines are ignored\n\
+# anonymous acces allowed for local network, done\n\
+# by script $(date)\n\
+allow * ${ip%.*}.*\
+"> ${config}
+
+    open_inet_ftp
+
+else
+echo -e "\
+# host access file\n\
+# Everything after a '#' is treated as comment,\n\
+# empty lines are ignored\n\
+# anonymous acces denied, done\n\
+# by script $(date)\n\
+deny * *\
+"> ${config}
+
+fi
+
+
+echo_debug "restarting services"
+
+service xinetd restart
+
+
+# all is ok
+exit 10
+
+
+
diff --git a/ftp_wizard/scripts/proftpd.conf.default b/ftp_wizard/scripts/proftpd.conf.default
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1325e599
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ftp_wizard/scripts/proftpd.conf.default
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+# This is a basic ProFTPD configuration file (rename it to 
+# 'proftpd.conf' for actual use.  It establishes a single server
+# and a single anonymous login.  It assumes that you have a user/group
+# "nobody" and "ftp" for normal operation and anon.
+
+ServerName			"ProFTPD Default Installation"
+ServerType			standalone
+DefaultServer			on
+
+# Allow FTP resuming.
+# Remember to set to off if you have an incoming ftp for upload.
+AllowStoreRestart		on
+
+# Port 21 is the standard FTP port.
+Port				21
+# Umask 022 is a good standard umask to prevent new dirs and files
+# from being group and world writable.
+Umask				022
+
+# To prevent DoS attacks, set the maximum number of child processes
+# to 30.  If you need to allow more than 30 concurrent connections
+# at once, simply increase this value.  Note that this ONLY works
+# in standalone mode, in inetd mode you should use an inetd server
+# that allows you to limit maximum number of processes per service
+# (such as xinetd)
+MaxInstances			30
+
+# Set the user and group that the server normally runs at.
+User				nobody
+Group				nogroup
+
+# Normally, we want files to be overwriteable.
+<Directory /*>
+  AllowOverwrite		on
+</Directory>
+
+# Needed for NIS.
+PersistentPasswd		off
+
+# Default root can be used to put users in a chroot environment.
+# As an example if you have a user foo and you want to put foo in /home/foo
+# chroot environment you would do this:
+# 
+# DefaultRoot /home/foo foo
+
diff --git a/news_wizard/scripts/check_news_server.sh b/news_wizard/scripts/check_news_server.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..f1eee021
--- /dev/null
+++ b/news_wizard/scripts/check_news_server.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard leafnode configuration
+#
+# checking if the provided server is correct :
+# strip the @ and illegal characters
+
+
+if [ -z "${wiz_news_server}" ] ;then
+	echo_debug "wiz_news_server is empty, should not."
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+
+test=`echo ${wiz_news_server##*@} |sed -e 's/[^0-9a-zA-Z-\.]//g'`
+
+if [ -z "${test}" ] ;then 
+	echo_debug "wiz_news_server is empty, should not."
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+
+# all seems to be ok
+exit 10
+
diff --git a/news_wizard/scripts/check_valid_hours.sh b/news_wizard/scripts/check_valid_hours.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..ea30c0bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/news_wizard/scripts/check_valid_hours.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard leafnode configuration
+#
+# checking if the provided hours are correct :
+# from 1 to 24
+
+
+if [ -z "${wiz_news_freq}" ] ;then
+	echo_debug "wiz_news_freq is empty, should not."
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+typeset -i test
+
+test=`echo ${wiz_news_freq} |sed -e 's/[^0-9]//g'`
+
+if [ -z "${test}" ] ;then 
+	echo_debug "wiz_news_freq is empty, should not."
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+
+# all seems to be ok
+exit 10
+
diff --git a/news_wizard/scripts/config.default b/news_wizard/scripts/config.default
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c1c98a3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/news_wizard/scripts/config.default
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+## This is the NNTP server leafnode fetches its news from.
+## You need read and post access to it. Mandatory.
+server = __server__
+
+## Unread discussion threads will be deleted after this many days if
+## you don't define special expire times. Mandatory.
+expire = 14
+
+##
+## All the following parameters are optional
+##
+
+## I have free access to my news server. If you don't have, comment out
+## the following two lines and change them accordingly.
+# username = gulbrandsen
+# password = secret
+
+## Standard news servers run on port 119. If your newsserver doesn't, comment
+## out the following line and change it accordingly.
+# port = 8000
+
+## This is another news server which stores some groups that are not
+## available on the first one. You can define username, password and port
+## for each server separately.
+# server = sex.and.warez.com
+# username = xenu
+# password = secret
+
+## This is a news server which does not understand the 
+## "LIST NEWSGROUP news.group" command. For this reason, we don't try to
+## download newsgroups descriptions when getting new newsgroups. This is
+## achieved by putting "nodesc = 1" somewhere behind the server
+## line.
+# server = broken.upstream.server
+# nodesc = 1
+
+## Here we have another news server which has a very slow connection. For
+## that reason, we wait a full minute before we give up trying to connect.
+## The default is 10 seconds.
+# server = really.slow.snail
+# timeout = 60
+
+## Non-standard expire times (glob(7) wildcard constructs possible)
+# groupexpire comp.os.linux.* = 5 # groups too big to hold articles 20 days
+# groupexpire any.local.newsgroup = 100 # very interesting, hold articles longer
+
+## Never fetch more than this many articles from one group in one run.
+## Be careful with this; setting it much below 1000 is probably a bad
+## idea.
+maxfetch = 2000
+
+## Fetch only a few articles when we subscribe a new newsgroup. The
+## default is to fetch all articles.
+initialfetch = 1000
+
+## If you want to use leafnode like an offline newsreader (e.g. Forte
+## Agent) you can download headers and bodies separately if you set
+## delaybody to 1. In this case, fetch will only download the headers
+## and only when you select an article, it will download the body.
+## This can save a huge amount of bandwith if only few articles are really
+## read from groups with lots of postings.
+## This feature works not very well with Netscape, though (which is not
+## a fault of Leafnode).
+# delaybody = 0
+
+## To avoid spam, you can select the maximum number of crosspostings
+## that are allowed in incoming postings. Setting this below 5 is
+## probably a bad idea. The default is unlimited crossposting.
+maxcrosspost = 8
+
+## If you suffer from repeatedly receiving old postings (this happens
+## sometimes when an upstream server goes into hiccup mode) you can
+## refuse to receive them with the parameter "maxage" which tells the
+## maximum allowed age of an article in days. The default maxage is 10
+## days.
+maxage = 7
+
+## maxlines will make fetch reject postings that are longer than a certain
+## amount of lines.
+maxlines = 500
+
+## minlines will make fetch reject postings that are shorter than a certain
+## amount of lines.
+minlines = 2
+
+## maxbytes will make fetch reject postings that are larger
+maxbytes = 50000
+
+## timeout_short determines how many days fetch gets a newsgroup which
+## has been accidentally opened. The default is two days.
+timeout_short = 2
+
+## timeout_long determines how many days fetch will wait before not getting
+## an unread newsgroup any more. The default is seven days.
+timeout_long = 7
+
+## timeout_active determines how many days fetch will wait before re-reading
+## the whole active file. The default is 90 days.
+# timeout_active = 365
+
+## If you want to have your newsreader score/kill on Xref: lines, you might
+## want to uncomment this.
+# create_all_links = 1
+
+## If you want to filter out certain regular expressions in the header,
+## create a "filterfile" (how this is done is explained in the README)
+## and set
+# filterfile = /path/to/your/filterfile
+
+## If your newsreader does not supply a Message-ID for your postings
+## Leafnode will supply one, using the hostname of the machine it is
+## running on.  If this hostname is not suitable, this parameter can be 
+## used to override it.  Do not use a fantasy name, it may interfere with
+## the propagation of your messages.  Most modern newsreaders do provide
+## a Message-ID.
+# hostname = host.domain.country
diff --git a/news_wizard/scripts/do_it_news.sh b/news_wizard/scripts/do_it_news.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..a67d0d99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/news_wizard/scripts/do_it_news.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard leafnode configuration
+#
+# put the default leafnode configuration
+# assuming all dependencies are ok
+
+
+# wiz_news_server and wiz_news_freq are provided by the running wizard
+
+# security
+typeset -i freq
+freq=`echo ${wiz_news_freq} |sed -e 's/[^0-9]//g'`
+
+if [ $freq -le 0 ]; then
+    freq=1
+fi
+if [ $freq -ge 24 ]; then
+    freq=24
+fi
+
+
+server=`echo ${wiz_news_server##*@} |sed -e 's/[^0-9a-zA-Z-\.]//g'`
+
+# store the wiz_news_server and wiz_news_freq value
+file=/etc/sysconfig/mdk_serv
+chg_val ${file} wiz_news_freq ${freq} s
+chg_val ${file} wiz_news_server ${server} s
+
+
+# leafnode configuration file
+config="/etc/leafnode/config"
+if [ ! -f ${config} ]; then
+	echo_debug "no leafnode configuration file found ! exiting."
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+bck_file ${config}
+
+cat ${CWD}/scripts/config.default \
+| sed -e 's/__server__/'"${server}"'/' > ${config}
+
+echo_debug "config file done, putting crontab for news"
+
+if [ -f /var/spool/cron/news ]; then
+	cp -f /var/spool/cron/news /etc/leafnode/crontab
+fi
+
+bck_file /etc/leafnode/crontab
+
+cat ${CWD}/scripts/news.cron \
+| sed -e 's/__freq__/'"${freq}"'/' > /etc/leafnode/crontab
+
+
+echo_debug "installing news crontab"
+crontab -u news /etc/leafnode/crontab
+
+
+# all is ok
+exit 10
+
+
+
diff --git a/news_wizard/scripts/news.cron b/news_wizard/scripts/news.cron
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5785bfb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/news_wizard/scripts/news.cron
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+### leafnode crontab
+SHELL=/bin/bash
+PATH=/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin
+MAILTO=root@localhost
+
+
+35  4  *  *  *  /usr/sbin/texpire
+
+5  */__freq__ * * * /usr/sbin/fetchnews -v 2>&1
+
diff --git a/nfs_wizard/scripts/do_it_nfs.sh b/nfs_wizard/scripts/do_it_nfs.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..917d838d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/nfs_wizard/scripts/do_it_nfs.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Philippe Vivien, Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard nfs configuration
+#
+# modify default nfs configuration
+# assuming all dependencies are ok
+#
+# WARNING : just using /etc/exports for nfs configuration, assuming
+# other files are close to standard configuration
+
+nfs_file="/etc/exports"
+
+echo "${wiz_nfs_dir} ${wiz_ip_net} ${wiz_ip_netmask}"
+echo "wiz_ip_net:${wiz_ip_net}" >t.log
+echo "wiz_ip_netmask:${wiz_ip_netmask}" >>t.log
+
+echo "dir:${wiz_nfs_dir}" >>t.log
+echo "clt:${wiz_ip_net}/${wiz_ip_netmask}" >>t.log
+
+echo "export :\n">>t.log
+echo "${wiz_nfs_dir} ${wiz_ip_net}/${wiz_ip_netmask}(rw,no_root_squash)" >> t.log
+echo "${wiz_nfs_dir} ${wiz_ip_net}/${wiz_ip_netmask}(rw,no_root_squash)" > ${nfs_file}
+
+/usr/sbin/exportfs -a
+
+# all is ok
+exit 10
+
+
+
diff --git a/postfix_wizard/scripts/check_masquerade.sh b/postfix_wizard/scripts/check_masquerade.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..ad0559c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/postfix_wizard/scripts/check_masquerade.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard postfix configuration
+#
+# checking if the provided domain value is correct :
+# strip the @, need at least a dot
+
+if [ -z "${wiz_mail_masquerade}" ] ;then
+	echo_debug "wiz_mail_masquerade is empty, should not."
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+test=`echo ${wiz_mail_masquerade} |sed -e '/@/{s/^[^@]*@\([^@]*\)$/\1/;}' |grep "\."`
+echo_debug "test of masquerading domain : ${test}"
+
+if [ -z "${test}" ] ;then 
+	echo_debug "domain empty, should not."
+	exit 1
+fi
+if `echo ${test}| grep -q ' '` ;then 
+	echo_debug "bad domain : $test"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+# all seems to be ok
+exit 10
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/postfix_wizard/scripts/check_relay.sh b/postfix_wizard/scripts/check_relay.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..c7a2368f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/postfix_wizard/scripts/check_relay.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard postfix configuration
+#
+# checking if the provided hostname of relay value is correct
+#
+# at least a dot, strip @
+
+
+if [ -z "${wiz_ext_mail_relay}" ]; then
+	echo_debug "wiz_ext_mail_relay is empty, should not."
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+# (no need to skip white space), stripping @, need dot
+
+test=`echo ${wiz_ext_mail_relay} |sed -e '/@/{s/^[^@]*@\([^@]*\)$/\1/;}'|grep "\."`
+echo_debug "test of relay domain : ${test}"
+
+if [ -z "${test}" ] ;then 
+	echo_debug "relay empty, should not."
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+# all seems to be ok
+exit 10
+
diff --git a/postfix_wizard/scripts/compute_mail_relay.sh b/postfix_wizard/scripts/compute_mail_relay.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..b2fc35e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/postfix_wizard/scripts/compute_mail_relay.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard postfix configuration
+#
+# echo on stdout the correct value of wiz_ext_mail_relay
+# (strip @)
+
+
+#stripping @, need dot
+
+test=`echo ${wiz_ext_mail_relay} |sed -e '/@/{s/^[^@]*@\([^@]*\)$/\1/;}' -e 's! .*$!!'`
+echo_debug "relay domain : ${test}"
+
+echo ${test}
+
+# all seems to be ok
+exit 0
+
diff --git a/postfix_wizard/scripts/compute_masquerade.sh b/postfix_wizard/scripts/compute_masquerade.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..a6f37111
--- /dev/null
+++ b/postfix_wizard/scripts/compute_masquerade.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard postfix configuration
+#
+# echo on stdout the correct value of wiz_mail_masquerade
+# (strip @)
+
+
+#stripping @
+
+test=`echo ${wiz_mail_masquerade} |sed -e '/@/{s/^[^@]*@\([^@]*\)$/\1/;}'  -e 's! .*$!!'`
+echo_debug "masquerade domain : ${test}"
+
+echo ${test}
+
+# all seems to be ok
+exit 0
+
diff --git a/postfix_wizard/scripts/postfix_do_it.sh b/postfix_wizard/scripts/postfix_do_it.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..1fbaffd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/postfix_wizard/scripts/postfix_do_it.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard network configuration
+#
+# install default postfix configuration for server
+# assuming all dependencies are ok
+
+
+echo_debug "now applying configuration for postfix"
+
+[ -d /etc/postfix ] || exit 1
+
+# first loading values
+. /etc/sysconfig/network
+
+# loading values from /etc/sysconfig/mdk_serv
+# wiz_host_name and wiz_domain_name
+wiz_host_name=`get_var wiz_host_name`
+wiz_domain_name=`get_var wiz_domain_name`
+
+wiz_device=`get_var wiz_device`
+
+
+file="/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-${wiz_device}"
+echo_debug "device config : ${file}"
+[ -f ${file} ] || exit 1
+. ${file}
+
+# store the wiz_mail variable
+cfg_file=/etc/sysconfig/mdk_serv
+echo_debug "wiz_mail_masquerade ${wiz_mail_masquerade}"
+chg_val ${cfg_file} wiz_ext_mail_relay "${wiz_ext_mail_relay}" s
+chg_val ${cfg_file} wiz_mail_masquerade "${wiz_mail_masquerade}" s
+
+bck_file /etc/postfix/aliases
+bck_file /etc/postfix/canonical
+bck_file /etc/postfix/main.cf
+bck_file /etc/postfix/master.cf
+bck_file /etc/postfix/virtual
+
+# now configuring
+
+postconf -e "myhostname = ${wiz_host_name}"
+postconf -e 'myorigin = $mydomain'
+postconf -e 'inet_interfaces = all'
+postconf -e 'mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, $mydomain'
+
+if [ -n "${wiz_ext_mail_relay}" ]; then
+  postconf -e "relayhost = ${wiz_ext_mail_relay}"
+fi
+
+postconf -e 'masquerade_domains = $mydomain'
+
+postconf -e 'alias_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/aliases'
+postconf -e 'alias_database = hash:/etc/postfix/aliases'
+
+postconf -e 'virtual_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/virtual'
+postconf -e 'canonical_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/canonical'
+
+if [ -n "${wiz_mail_masquerade}" ]; then
+	if [ ! `grep "@${wiz_domain_name} @${wiz_mail_masquerade}" /etc/postfix/canonical` ]; then 
+  echo "@${wiz_domain_name} @${wiz_mail_masquerade}" >> /etc/postfix/canonical
+  	fi
+fi
+
+echo_debug "rebuilding hash"
+
+postmap /etc/postfix/canonical
+postmap /etc/postfix/virtual
+postalias /etc/postfix/aliases
+
+postfix check
+
+echo_debug "end of postfix configuration, restarting"
+
+service postfix restart
+service xinetd restart
+
+# all is ok
+exit 10
diff --git a/postfix_wizard/scripts/testlabel.pl b/postfix_wizard/scripts/testlabel.pl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c61d3cb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/postfix_wizard/scripts/testlabel.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+$toto = "tutu";
+$tata = "titi";
+
+$file = "/home/logarno/toto";
+open(CANONICAL, "< $file");
+while (<CANONICAL>) {
+    if (/\@$toto\s*\@$tata/){
+	goto NOUPDATE; 
+    }
+}
+close(CANONICAL);
+open(CANONICAL, ">> $file");
+print CANONICAL "\n\@$toto \@$tata";
+ NOUPDATE:
+    close(CANONICAL);
diff --git a/proxy_wizard/scripts/dfh.sh b/proxy_wizard/scripts/dfh.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..8ab8956a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/proxy_wizard/scripts/dfh.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000,2001 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# 
+# squid	wizard
+
+r='/var/spool/squid'
+howmany(){
+	[ -n "$1" ] && { 
+		[ -d "$1" ] && df -h "$1" || howmany ${1%/*}
+	} || {
+	howmany '/'
+	}
+}
+
+howmany $r|tail -1
diff --git a/proxy_wizard/scripts/do_it_squid.sh b/proxy_wizard/scripts/do_it_squid.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..28b2de1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/proxy_wizard/scripts/do_it_squid.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000,2001 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# 
+# squid	wizard
+#	
+# This script sets up proxy params
+#
+
+
+#store wizard config values
+file=/etc/sysconfig/mdk_serv
+
+service squid stop
+
+chg_val ${file} wiz_squid_defdir ${wiz_squid_defdir}
+chg_val ${file} wiz_squid_level ${wiz_squid_level}
+
+
+
+# find squid config file
+export conf=/etc/squid/squid.conf
+
+[ -f ${conf} ] || {
+	[ -d "/etc/squid" ] || exit 1
+	cp -f ${CWD}/scripts/squid.conf.default ${conf}
+}
+
+# backup squid config file
+bck_file ${conf}
+
+
+
+
+
+echo_debug "squid port  ${wiz_squid_port}"
+chg_val2 ${conf} http_port ${wiz_squid_port}
+
+
+
+echo_debug "squid mem  ${wiz_squid_mem}"
+chg_val2 ${conf} cache_mem "${wiz_squid_mem} MB"
+
+
+
+echo_debug "squid disk  ${wiz_squid_disk}"
+
+t=`grep -E "^[[:space:]]*cache_dir[[:space:]]+[a-z]+[[:space:]]+${wiz_squid_defdir}[[:space:]]+[0-9]+" ${conf}`
+
+if [ -n "$t" ]; then
+	tpe=`echo $t|awk '{print $2}'`
+	opt=`echo $t|awk '{print $5" "$6" "$7" "$8" "$9}'`
+	
+	TMPFILE=`mktemp /tmp/temp.XXXXXX` || exit 1
+	cat "${conf}" > ${TMPFILE}
+    (cat ${TMPFILE}\
+|sed -e '\£^[[:space:]]*cache_dir[[:space:]]\+'"${tpe}"'[[:space:]]\+'"${wiz_squid_defdir}"'[[:space:]]\+[0-9]\+.*$£{
+i \
+# removed by mdk_serv script on '"$(date)"'
+s££#&£
+a \
+'"cache_dir ${tpe} ${wiz_squid_defdir} ${wiz_squid_disk} ${opt}"'
+}
+' > "${conf}") && rm -f ${TMPFILE}
+
+else
+	echo -e "\
+# added by mdk_serv script on $(date)\n\
+cache_dir ufs ${wiz_squid_defdir} ${wiz_squid_disk} 16 256\n\
+" >> "${conf}"
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+echo_debug "squid ACL  ${wiz_squid_level} ${wiz_squid_mynetw}"
+
+# ACL first step, define an acl definition for "mynetwork", like :
+# acl mynetwork src 192.168.1.0/255.255.255.0
+
+t=`grep -E "^[[:space:]]*acl[[:space:]]+mynetwork[[:space:]]+src[[:space:]]+" ${conf}`
+
+TMPFILE=`mktemp /tmp/temp.XXXXXX` || exit 1
+cat "${conf}" > ${TMPFILE}
+
+if [ -n "$t" ]; then
+    (cat ${TMPFILE}\
+|sed -e '\£^[[:space:]]*acl[[:space:]]\+mynetwork[[:space:]]\+src[[:space:]]\+.*$£{
+i \
+# removed by mdk_serv script on '"$(date)"'
+s££#&£
+a \
+'"acl mynetwork src ${wiz_squid_mynetw}"'
+}
+' > "${conf}") && rm -f ${TMPFILE}
+else
+    (cat ${TMPFILE}\
+|sed -e '\£^[[:space:]]*acl[[:space:]]\+all[[:space:]]\+src[[:space:]]\+.*$£{
+a \
+# added by mdk_serv script on '"$(date)"'
+a \
+'"acl mynetwork src ${wiz_squid_mynetw}"'
+}
+' > "${conf}") && rm -f ${TMPFILE}
+fi
+
+
+
+# ACL second step, insert the control rule from the chosen level
+
+TMPFILE=`mktemp /tmp/temp.XXXXXX` || exit 1
+cat "${conf}" > ${TMPFILE}
+
+case ${wiz_squid_level} in
+	1) # all
+		sed -e '\£^[[:space:]]*http_access[[:space:]]\+deny[[:space:]]\+all[[:space:]]*.*$£{
+i \
+# changed by mdk_serv script on '"$(date)"'
+s££#&£
+a \
+'"http_access allow all"'
+}' ${TMPFILE} > ${conf}
+
+	;;
+
+	2) # local network
+		sed -e '\£^[[:space:]]*http_access[[:space:]]\+allow[[:space:]]\+all[[:space:]]*.*$£{
+i \
+# changed by mdk_serv script on '"$(date)"'
+s££#&£
+a \
+'"http_access deny all"'
+}' ${TMPFILE} > ${conf}
+
+
+cat ${conf} > ${TMPFILE}
+		sed -e '\£^[[:space:]]*http_access[[:space:]]\+allow[[:space:]]\+localhost[[:space:]]*.*$£{
+i \
+# changed by mdk_serv script on '"$(date)"'
+s££#&£
+a \
+'"http_access allow mynetwork"'
+}' ${TMPFILE} > ${conf}
+
+	;;
+	
+	3)
+		sed -e '\£^[[:space:]]*http_access[[:space:]]\+allow[[:space:]]\+all[[:space:]]*.*$£{
+i \
+# changed by mdk_serv script on '"$(date)"'
+s££#&£
+a \
+'"http_access deny all"'
+}' ${TMPFILE} > ${conf}
+
+cat ${conf} > ${TMPFILE}
+
+		sed -e '\£^[[:space:]]*http_access[[:space:]]\+allow[[:space:]]\+mynetwork[[:space:]]*.*$£{
+i \
+# changed by mdk_serv script on '"$(date)"'
+s££#&£
+a \
+'"http_access allow localhost"'
+}' ${TMPFILE} > ${conf}
+
+	;;
+
+	*) # should not happen
+		exit 1
+	;;
+esac
+
+rm -f ${TMPFILE}
+
+
+
+
+
+echo_debug "squid cache peer ${wiz_squid_menupeer} ${wiz_squid_cachepeer} ${wiz_squid_peerport}"
+
+
+t=`grep -E "^[[:space:]]*cache_peer[[:space:]]+" ${conf}`
+
+if [ "${wiz_squid_menupeer}" == "1" -a -n "$t" ];
+# if no peer value, we have to remove the possible cache_peer
+# in the config file
+then
+	TMPFILE=`mktemp /tmp/temp.XXXXXX` || exit 1
+	cat "${conf}" > ${TMPFILE}
+	(cat ${TMPFILE}\
+	|sed -e '\£^[[:space:]]*cache_peer[[:space:]]\+.*$£{
+i \
+# removed by mdk_serv script on '"$(date)"'
+s££#&£
+}
+' > "${conf}") && rm -f ${TMPFILE}
+
+
+elif [ "${wiz_squid_menupeer}" == "2" -a -n "${wiz_squid_cachepeer}" -a -n "$t" ];
+# if the cachepeer value exist, we have to remove the old value of the cache 
+# peer in the config file, then add the new one.
+# WARNING :
+# All this works very badly if more than one cache peer exist in the file
+then
+	TMPFILE=`mktemp /tmp/temp.XXXXXX` || exit 1
+	cat "${conf}" > ${TMPFILE}
+	(cat ${TMPFILE}\
+	|sed -e '\£^[[:space:]]*cache_peer[[:space:]]\+.*$£{
+i \
+# removed by mdk_serv script on '"$(date)"'
+s££#&£
+}
+' > "${conf}") && rm -f ${TMPFILE}
+
+	echo -e \
+"# added by mdk_serv script on $(date)\n\
+cache_peer ${wiz_squid_cachepeer} parent ${wiz_squid_peerport} 3130" \
+	>> ${conf}
+
+
+elif [ "${wiz_squid_menupeer}" == "2" -a -n "${wiz_squid_cachepeer}" -a -z "$t" ];
+# Just need to add the new value to the config file
+then
+echo_debug "hop ${conf}"
+	echo -e \
+"# added by mdk_serv script on $(date)\n\
+cache_peer ${wiz_squid_cachepeer} parent ${wiz_squid_peerport} 3130" \
+	>> ${conf}
+fi
+
+
+#######
+
+/sbin/chkconfig --level 345 squid on
+
+service squid start
+
+exit 10
diff --git a/proxy_wizard/scripts/echolevel.sh b/proxy_wizard/scripts/echolevel.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..45fb40c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/proxy_wizard/scripts/echolevel.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000,2001 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# 
+# squid	wizard
+
+echo_debug $0 $1
+
+exit $1
diff --git a/proxy_wizard/scripts/printservices.sh b/proxy_wizard/scripts/printservices.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..909fdc9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/proxy_wizard/scripts/printservices.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000,2001 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# 
+# squid	wizard
+
+echo_debug $0
+echo_debug "$wiz_squid_port"
+
+grep -E -s "[[:space:]]$wiz_squid_port/tcp" /etc/services
diff --git a/proxy_wizard/scripts/showlevel.sh b/proxy_wizard/scripts/showlevel.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..fd6e29a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/proxy_wizard/scripts/showlevel.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000,2001 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# 
+# squid	wizard
+
+echo_debug $0
+
+# 
+# Squid access control level
+# 
+# level 1 : all
+# level 2 : local network
+# level 3 : localhost
+
+param="$1"
+
+[ -z "${param}" ] && param=3
+[ ${param} -lt 1 ] && param=1
+[ ${param} -gt 3 ] && param=3
+
+[ -z "$LANG" ] && LANG=en
+
+case "$LANG" in
+
+	fr)
+	case "${param}" in
+
+		1) txt="Tous, pas de restriction d'accès"
+		;;
+		2) txt="${wiz_squid_mynetw}"
+		;;
+		3) txt="Uniquement cette machine"
+		;;
+	esac
+	;;
+	
+	*)
+	case "${param}" in
+		1) txt="All, no access restriction"
+		;;
+		2) txt="${wiz_squid_mynetw}"
+		;;
+		3) txt="Local host only"
+		;;
+	esac
+	;;
+esac
+
+echo_debug "ACL : ${txt}"
+
+echo $txt
+
+exit 0
+
diff --git a/proxy_wizard/scripts/squid.conf.default b/proxy_wizard/scripts/squid.conf.default
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cd765fec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/proxy_wizard/scripts/squid.conf.default
@@ -0,0 +1,2758 @@
+
+#	WELCOME TO SQUID 2
+#	------------------
+#
+#	This is the default Squid configuration file. You may wish
+#	to look at the Squid home page (http://www.squid-cache.org/)
+#	for the FAQ and other documentation.
+#
+#	The default Squid config file shows what the defaults for
+#	various options happen to be.  If you don't need to change the
+#	default, you shouldn't uncomment the line.  Doing so may cause
+#	run-time problems.  In some cases "none" refers to no default
+#	setting at all, while in other cases it refers to a valid
+#	option - the comments for that keyword indicate if this is the
+#	case.
+#
+
+
+# NETWORK OPTIONS
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#  TAG: http_port
+#	Usage:	port
+#		hostname:port
+#		1.2.3.4:port
+#
+#	The socket addresses where Squid will listen for HTTP client
+#	requests.  You may specify multiple socket addresses.
+#	There are three forms: port alone, hostname with port, and
+#	IP address with port.  If you specify a hostname or IP
+#	address, then Squid binds the socket to that specific
+#	address.  This replaces the old 'tcp_incoming_address'
+#	option.  Most likely, you do not need to bind to a specific
+#	address, so you can use the port number alone.
+#
+#	The default port number is 3128.
+#
+#	If you are running Squid in accelerator mode, then you
+#	probably want to listen on port 80 also, or instead.
+#
+#	The -a command line option will override the *first* port
+#	number listed here.   That option will NOT override an IP
+#	address, however.
+#
+#	You may specify multiple socket addresses on multiple lines.
+#
+#Default:
+# http_port 3128
+
+#  TAG: icp_port
+#	The port number where Squid sends and receives ICP queries to
+#	and from neighbor caches.  Default is 3130.  To disable use
+#	"0".  May be overridden with -u on the command line.
+#
+#Default:
+# icp_port 3130
+
+#  TAG: htcp_port
+#	The port number where Squid sends and receives HTCP queries to
+#	and from neighbor caches.  Default is 4827.  To disable use
+#	"0".
+#
+#	To enable this option, you must use --enable-htcp with the
+#	configure script.
+#
+#Default:
+# htcp_port 4827
+
+#  TAG: mcast_groups
+#	This tag specifies a list of multicast groups which your server
+#	should join to receive multicasted ICP queries.
+#
+#	NOTE!  Be very careful what you put here!  Be sure you
+#	understand the difference between an ICP _query_ and an ICP
+#	_reply_.  This option is to be set only if you want to RECEIVE
+#	multicast queries.  Do NOT set this option to SEND multicast
+#	ICP (use cache_peer for that).  ICP replies are always sent via
+#	unicast, so this option does not affect whether or not you will
+#	receive replies from multicast group members.
+#
+#	You must be very careful to NOT use a multicast address which
+#	is already in use by another group of caches.
+#
+#	If you are unsure about multicast, please read the Multicast
+#	chapter in the Squid FAQ (http://www.squid-cache.org/FAQ/).
+#
+#	Usage: mcast_groups 239.128.16.128 224.0.1.20
+#
+#	By default, Squid doesn't listen on any multicast groups.
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: tcp_outgoing_address
+#  TAG: udp_incoming_address
+#  TAG: udp_outgoing_address
+#	Usage: tcp_incoming_address 10.20.30.40
+#	       udp_outgoing_address fully.qualified.domain.name
+#
+#	tcp_outgoing_address	is used for connections made to remote
+#				servers and other caches.
+#	udp_incoming_address	is used for the ICP socket receiving packets
+#				from other caches.
+#	udp_outgoing_address	is used for ICP packets sent out to other
+#				caches.
+#
+#	The default behavior is to not bind to any specific address.
+#
+#	A *_incoming_address value of 0.0.0.0 indicates that Squid should
+#	listen on all available interfaces.
+#
+#	If udp_outgoing_address is set to 255.255.255.255 (the default)
+#	then it will use the same socket as udp_incoming_address. Only
+#	change this if you want to have ICP queries sent using another
+#	address than where this Squid listens for ICP queries from other
+#	caches.
+#
+#	NOTE, udp_incoming_address and udp_outgoing_address can not
+#	have the same value since they both use port 3130.
+#
+#	NOTE, tcp_incoming_address has been removed.  You can now
+#	specify IP addresses on the 'http_port' line.
+#
+#Default:
+# tcp_outgoing_address 255.255.255.255
+# udp_incoming_address 0.0.0.0
+# udp_outgoing_address 255.255.255.255
+
+
+# OPTIONS WHICH AFFECT THE NEIGHBOR SELECTION ALGORITHM
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#  TAG: cache_peer
+#	To specify other caches in a hierarchy, use the format:
+#
+#		cache_peer hostname type http_port icp_port
+#
+#	For example,
+#
+#	#                                        proxy  icp
+#	#          hostname             type     port   port  options
+#	#          -------------------- -------- ----- -----  -----------
+#	cache_peer parent.foo.net       parent    3128  3130  [proxy-only]
+#	cache_peer sib1.foo.net         sibling   3128  3130  [proxy-only]
+#	cache_peer sib2.foo.net         sibling   3128  3130  [proxy-only]
+#
+#	      type:  either 'parent', 'sibling', or 'multicast'.
+#
+#	proxy_port:  The port number where the cache listens for proxy
+#		     requests.
+#
+#	  icp_port:  Used for querying neighbor caches about
+#		     objects.  To have a non-ICP neighbor
+#		     specify '7' for the ICP port and make sure the
+#		     neighbor machine has the UDP echo port
+#		     enabled in its /etc/inetd.conf file.
+#
+#	    options: proxy-only
+#		     weight=n
+#		     ttl=n
+#		     no-query
+#		     default
+#		     round-robin
+#		     multicast-responder
+#		     closest-only
+#		     no-digest
+#		     no-netdb-exchange
+#		     no-delay
+#		     login=user:password
+#		     connect-timeout=nn
+#		     digest-url=url
+#		     allow-miss
+#
+#		     use 'proxy-only' to specify that objects fetched
+#		     from this cache should not be saved locally.
+#
+#		     use 'weight=n' to specify a weighted parent.
+#		     The weight must be an integer.  The default weight
+#		     is 1, larger weights are favored more.
+#
+#		     use 'ttl=n' to specify a IP multicast TTL to use
+#		     when sending an ICP queries to this address.
+#		     Only useful when sending to a multicast group.
+#		     Because we don't accept ICP replies from random
+#		     hosts, you must configure other group members as
+#		     peers with the 'multicast-responder' option below.
+#
+#		     use 'no-query' to NOT send ICP queries to this
+#		     neighbor.
+#
+#		     use 'default' if this is a parent cache which can
+#		     be used as a "last-resort." You should probably
+#		     only use 'default' in situations where you cannot
+#		     use ICP with your parent cache(s).
+#
+#		     use 'round-robin' to define a set of parents which
+#		     should be used in a round-robin fashion in the
+#		     absence of any ICP queries.
+#
+#		     'multicast-responder' indicates that the named peer
+#		     is a member of a multicast group.  ICP queries will
+#		     not be sent directly to the peer, but ICP replies
+#		     will be accepted from it.
+#
+#		     'closest-only' indicates that, for ICP_OP_MISS
+#		     replies, we'll only forward CLOSEST_PARENT_MISSes
+#		     and never FIRST_PARENT_MISSes.
+#
+#		     use 'no-digest' to NOT request cache digests from
+#		     this neighbor.
+#
+#		     'no-netdb-exchange' disables requesting ICMP
+#		     RTT database (NetDB) from the neighbor.
+#
+#		     use 'no-delay' to prevent access to this neighbor
+#		     from influencing the delay pools.
+#
+#		     use 'login=user:password' if this is a personal/workgroup
+#		     proxy and your parent requires proxy authentication.
+#
+#		     use 'connect-timeout=nn' to specify a peer
+#		     specific connect timeout (also see the
+#		     peer_connect_timeout directive)
+#
+#		     use 'digest-url=url' to tell Squid to fetch the cache
+#		     digest (if digests are enabled) for this host from
+#		     the specified URL rather than the Squid default
+#		     location.
+#
+#		     use 'allow-miss' to disable Squid's use of only-if-cached
+#		     when forwarding requests to siblings. This is primarily
+#		     useful when icp_hit_stale is used by the sibling. To
+#		     extensive use of this option may result in forwarding
+#		     loops, and you should avoid having two-way peerings
+#		     with this option. (for example to deny peer usage on
+#		     requests from peer by denying cache_peer_access if the
+#		     source is a peer)
+#
+#	NOTE: non-ICP neighbors must be specified as 'parent'.
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: cache_peer_domain
+#	Use to limit the domains for which a neighbor cache will be
+#	queried.  Usage:
+#
+#	cache_peer_domain cache-host domain [domain ...]
+#	cache_peer_domain cache-host !domain
+#
+#	For example, specifying
+#
+#		cache_peer_domain parent.foo.net	.edu
+#
+#	has the effect such that UDP query packets are sent to
+#	'bigserver' only when the requested object exists on a
+#	server in the .edu domain.  Prefixing the domainname
+#	with '!' means that the cache will be queried for objects
+#	NOT in that domain.
+#
+#	NOTE:	* Any number of domains may be given for a cache-host,
+#		  either on the same or separate lines.
+#		* When multiple domains are given for a particular
+#		  cache-host, the first matched domain is applied.
+#		* Cache hosts with no domain restrictions are queried
+#		  for all requests.
+#		* There are no defaults.
+#		* There is also a 'cache_peer_access' tag in the ACL
+#		  section.
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: neighbor_type_domain
+#	usage: neighbor_type_domain parent|sibling domain domain ...
+#
+#	Modifying the neighbor type for specific domains is now
+#	possible.  You can treat some domains differently than the the
+#	default neighbor type specified on the 'cache_peer' line.
+#	Normally it should only be necessary to list domains which
+#	should be treated differently because the default neighbor type
+#	applies for hostnames which do not match domains listed here.
+#
+#EXAMPLE:
+#	cache_peer  parent cache.foo.org 3128 3130
+#	neighbor_type_domain cache.foo.org sibling .com .net
+#	neighbor_type_domain cache.foo.org sibling .au .de
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: icp_query_timeout	(msec)
+#	Normally Squid will automatically determine an optimal ICP
+#	query timeout value based on the round-trip-time of recent ICP
+#	queries.  If you want to override the value determined by
+#	Squid, set this 'icp_query_timeout' to a non-zero value.  This
+#	value is specified in MILLISECONDS, so, to use a 2-second
+#	timeout (the old default), you would write:
+#
+#		icp_query_timeout 2000
+#
+#Default:
+# icp_query_timeout 0
+
+#  TAG: maximum_icp_query_timeout	(msec)
+#	Normally the ICP query timeout is determined dynamically.  But
+#	sometimes it can lead to very large values (say 5 seconds).
+#	Use this option to put an upper limit on the dynamic timeout
+#	value.  Do NOT use this option to always use a fixed (instead
+#	of a dynamic) timeout value. To set a fixed timeout see the
+#	'icp_query_timeout' directive.
+#
+#Default:
+# maximum_icp_query_timeout 2000
+
+#  TAG: mcast_icp_query_timeout	(msec)
+#	For Multicast peers, Squid regularly sends out ICP "probes" to
+#	count how many other peers are listening on the given multicast
+#	address.  This value specifies how long Squid should wait to
+#	count all the replies.  The default is 2000 msec, or 2
+#	seconds.
+#
+#Default:
+# mcast_icp_query_timeout 2000
+
+#  TAG: dead_peer_timeout	(seconds)
+#	This controls how long Squid waits to declare a peer cache
+#	as "dead."  If there are no ICP replies received in this
+#	amount of time, Squid will declare the peer dead and not
+#	expect to receive any further ICP replies.  However, it
+#	continues to send ICP queries, and will mark the peer as
+#	alive upon receipt of the first subsequent ICP reply.
+#
+#	This timeout also affects when Squid expects to receive ICP
+#	replies from peers.  If more than 'dead_peer' seconds have
+#	passed since the last ICP reply was received, Squid will not
+#	expect to receive an ICP reply on the next query.  Thus, if
+#	your time between requests is greater than this timeout, you
+#	will see a lot of requests sent DIRECT to origin servers
+#	instead of to your parents.
+#
+#Default:
+# dead_peer_timeout 10 seconds
+
+#  TAG: hierarchy_stoplist
+#	A list of words which, if found in a URL, cause the object to
+#	be handled directly by this cache.  In other words, use this
+#	to not query neighbor caches for certain objects.  You may
+#	list this option multiple times.
+#
+#We recommend you to use at least the following line.
+hierarchy_stoplist cgi-bin ?
+
+#  TAG: no_cache
+#	A list of ACL elements which, if matched, cause the reply to
+#	immediately removed from the cache.  In other words, use this
+#	to force certain objects to never be cached.
+#
+#	You must use the word 'DENY' to indicate the ACL names which should
+#	NOT be cached.
+#
+#We recommend you to use the following two lines.
+acl QUERY urlpath_regex cgi-bin \?
+no_cache deny QUERY
+
+
+# OPTIONS WHICH AFFECT THE CACHE SIZE
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#  TAG: cache_mem	(bytes)
+#	NOTE: THIS PARAMETER DOES NOT SPECIFY THE MAXIMUM PROCESS
+#	SIZE.  IT PLACES A LIMIT ON ONE ASPECT OF SQUID'S MEMORY
+#	USAGE.  SQUID USES MEMORY FOR OTHER THINGS AS WELL.
+#	YOUR PROCESS WILL PROBABLY BECOME TWICE OR THREE TIMES
+#	BIGGER THAN THE VALUE YOU PUT HERE 
+#
+#	'cache_mem' specifies the ideal amount of memory to be used
+#	for:
+#		* In-Transit objects
+#		* Hot Objects
+#		* Negative-Cached objects
+#
+#	Data for these objects are stored in 4 KB blocks.  This
+#	parameter specifies the ideal upper limit on the total size of
+#	4 KB blocks allocated.  In-Transit objects take the highest
+#	priority.
+#
+#	In-transit objects have priority over the others.  When
+#	additional space is needed for incoming data, negative-cached
+#	and hot objects will be released.  In other words, the
+#	negative-cached and hot objects will fill up any unused space
+#	not needed for in-transit objects.
+#
+#	If circumstances require, this limit will be exceeded.
+#	Specifically, if your incoming request rate requires more than
+#	'cache_mem' of memory to hold in-transit objects, Squid will
+#	exceed this limit to satisfy the new requests.  When the load
+#	decreases, blocks will be freed until the high-water mark is
+#	reached.  Thereafter, blocks will be used to store hot
+#	objects.
+#
+#Default:
+# cache_mem 8 MB
+
+#  TAG: cache_swap_low	(percent, 0-100)
+#  TAG: cache_swap_high	(percent, 0-100)
+#
+#	The low- and high-water marks for cache object replacement.
+#	Replacement begins when the swap (disk) usage is above the
+#	low-water mark and attempts to maintain utilization near the
+#	low-water mark.  As swap utilization gets close to high-water
+#	mark object eviction becomes more aggressive.  If utilization is
+#	close to the low-water mark less replacement is done each time.
+#	
+#	Defaults are 90% and 95%. If you have a large cache, 5% could be
+#	hundreds of MB. If this is the case you may wish to set these
+#	numbers closer together.
+#
+#Default:
+# cache_swap_low 90
+# cache_swap_high 95
+
+#  TAG: maximum_object_size	(bytes)
+#	Objects larger than this size will NOT be saved on disk.  The
+#	value is specified in kilobytes, and the default is 4MB.  If
+#	you wish to get a high BYTES hit ratio, you should probably
+#	increase this (one 32 MB object hit counts for 3200 10KB
+#	hits).  If you wish to increase speed more than your want to
+#	save bandwidth you should leave this low.
+#
+#	NOTE: if using the LFUDA replacement policy you should increase
+#	this value to maximize the byte hit rate improvement of LFUDA!
+#	See replacement_policy below for a discussion of this policy.
+#
+#Default:
+# maximum_object_size 4096 KB
+
+#  TAG: minimum_object_size	(bytes)
+#	Objects smaller than this size will NOT be saved on disk.  The
+#	value is specified in kilobytes, and the default is 0 KB, which
+#	means there is no minimum.
+#
+#Default:
+# minimum_object_size 0 KB
+
+#  TAG: maximum_object_size_in_memory	(bytes)
+#        Objects greater than this size will not be attempted to kept in
+#        the memory cache. This should be set high enough to keep objects
+#        accessed frequently in memory to improve performance whilst low
+#        enough to keep larger objects from hoarding cache_mem .
+#
+#Default:
+# maximum_object_size_in_memory 8 KB
+
+#  TAG: ipcache_size	(number of entries)
+#  TAG: ipcache_low	(percent)
+#  TAG: ipcache_high	(percent)
+#	The size, low-, and high-water marks for the IP cache.
+#
+#Default:
+# ipcache_size 1024
+# ipcache_low 90
+# ipcache_high 95
+
+#  TAG: fqdncache_size	(number of entries)
+#	Maximum number of FQDN cache entries.
+#
+#Default:
+# fqdncache_size 1024
+
+#  TAG: cache_replacement_policy
+#	The cache replacement policy parameter determines which
+#	objects are evicted (replaced) when disk space is needed.
+#
+#	    lru       : Squid's original list based LRU policy
+#	    heap GDSF : Greedy-Dual Size Frequency
+#	    heap LFUDA: Least Frequently Used with Dynamic Aging
+#	    heap LRU  : LRU policy implemented using a heap
+#
+#	Applies to any cache_dir lines listed below this.
+#
+#	The LRU policies keeps recently referenced objects.
+#
+#	The heap GDSF policy optimizes object hit rate by keeping smaller
+#	popular objects in cache so it has a better chance of getting a
+#	hit.  It achieves a lower byte hit rate than LFUDA though since
+#	it evicts larger (possibly popular) objects.
+#
+#	The heap LFUDA policy keeps popular objects in cache regardless of
+#	their size and thus optimizes byte hit rate at the expense of
+#	hit rate since one large, popular object will prevent many
+#	smaller, slightly less popular objects from being cached.
+#
+#	Both policies utilize a dynamic aging mechanism that prevents
+#	cache pollution that can otherwise occur with frequency-based
+#	replacement policies.
+#
+#	NOTE: if using the LFUDA replacement policy you should increase
+#	the value of maximum_object_size above its default of 4096 KB to
+#	to maximize the potential byte hit rate improvement of LFUDA.  
+#
+#	For more information about the GDSF and LFUDA cache replacement
+#	policies see http://www.hpl.hp.com/techreports/1999/HPL-1999-69.html
+#	and http://fog.hpl.external.hp.com/techreports/98/HPL-98-173.html.
+#
+#Default:
+# cache_replacement_policy lru
+
+#  TAG: memory_replacement_policy
+#	The memory replacement policy parameter determines which
+#	objects are purged from memory when memory space is needed.
+#
+#	See cache_replacement_policy for details.
+#
+#Default:
+# memory_replacement_policy lru
+
+
+# LOGFILE PATHNAMES AND CACHE DIRECTORIES
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#  TAG: cache_dir
+#	Usage:
+#	
+#	cache_dir Type Directory-Name Fs-specific-data [options]
+#
+#	You can specify multiple cache_dir lines to spread the
+#	cache among different disk partitions.
+#
+#	Type specifies the kind of storage system to use.  Most
+#	everyone will want to use "ufs" as the type.  If you are using
+#	Async I/O (--enable async-io) on Linux or Solaris, then you may
+#	want to try "aufs" as the type.  Async IO support may be
+#	buggy, however, so beware.
+#
+#	'Directory' is a top-level directory where cache swap
+#	files will be stored.  If you want to use an entire disk
+#	for caching, then this can be the mount-point directory.
+#	The directory must exist and be writable by the Squid
+#	process.  Squid will NOT create this directory for you.
+#
+#	The ufs store type:
+#
+#	"ufs" is the old well-known Squid storage format that has always
+#	been there.
+#
+#	cache_dir ufs Directory-Name Mbytes L1 L2 [options]
+#
+#	'Mbytes' is the amount of disk space (MB) to use under this
+#	directory.  The default is 100 MB.  Change this to suit your
+#	configuration.
+#
+#	'Level-1' is the number of first-level subdirectories which
+#	will be created under the 'Directory'.  The default is 16.
+#
+#	'Level-2' is the number of second-level subdirectories which
+#	will be created under each first-level directory.  The default
+#	is 256.
+#
+#	The aufs store type:
+#
+#	"aufs" uses the same storage format as "ufs", utilizing
+#	POSIX-threads to avoid blocking the main Squid process on
+#	disk-I/O. This was formerly known in Squid as async-io.
+#
+#	cache_dir aufs Directory-Name Mbytes L1 L2 [options]
+#
+#	see argument descriptions under ufs above
+#
+#	The diskd store type:
+#
+#	"diskd" uses the same storage format as "ufs", utilizing a
+#	separate process to avoid blocking the main Squid process on
+#	disk-I/O.
+#
+#	cache_dir diskd Directory-Name Mbytes L1 L2 [options] [Q1=n] [Q2=n]
+#
+#	see argument descriptions under ufs above
+#
+#	Q1 specifies the number of unacknowledged I/O requests when Squid
+#	stops opening new files. If this many messages are in the queues,
+#	Squid won't open new files. Default is 64
+#
+#	Q2 specifies the number of unacknowledged messages when Squid
+#	starts blocking.  If this many messages are in the queues,
+#	Squid blocks until it recevies some replies. Default is 72
+#
+#	Common options:
+#
+#	read-only, this cache_dir is read only.
+#
+#	max-size=n, refers to the max object size this storedir supports.
+#	It is used to initially choose the storedir to dump the object.
+#	Note: To make optimal use of the max-size limits you should order
+#	the cache_dir lines with the smallest max-size value first and the
+#	ones with no max-size specification last.
+#
+#Default:
+# cache_dir ufs /var/spool/squid 100 16 256
+
+#  TAG: cache_access_log
+#	Logs the client request activity.  Contains an entry for
+#	every HTTP and ICP queries received.
+#
+#Default:
+# cache_access_log /var/log/squid/access.log
+
+#  TAG: cache_log
+#	Cache logging file. This is where general information about
+#	your cache's behavior goes. You can increase the amount of data
+#	logged to this file with the "debug_options" tag below.
+#
+#Default:
+# cache_log /var/log/squid/cache.log
+
+#  TAG: cache_store_log
+#	Logs the activities of the storage manager.  Shows which
+#	objects are ejected from the cache, and which objects are
+#	saved and for how long.  To disable, enter "none". There are
+#	not really utilities to analyze this data, so you can safely
+#	disable it.
+#
+#Default:
+# cache_store_log /var/log/squid/store.log
+
+#  TAG: cache_swap_log
+#	Location for the cache "swap.log."  This log file holds the
+#	metadata of objects saved on disk.  It is used to rebuild the
+#	cache during startup.  Normally this file resides in each
+#	'cache_dir' directory, but you may specify an alternate
+#	pathname here.  Note you must give a full filename, not just
+#	a directory. Since this is the index for the whole object
+#	list you CANNOT periodically rotate it!
+#
+#	If %s can be used in the file name then it will be replaced with a
+#	a representation of the cache_dir name where each / is replaced
+#	with '.'. This is needed to allow adding/removing cache_dir
+#	lines when cache_swap_log is being used.
+#	    
+#	If have more than one 'cache_dir', and %s is not used in the name
+#	then these swap logs will have names such as:
+#
+#		cache_swap_log.00
+#		cache_swap_log.01
+#		cache_swap_log.02
+#
+#	The numbered extension (which is added automatically)
+#	corresponds to the order of the 'cache_dir' lines in this
+#	configuration file.  If you change the order of the 'cache_dir'
+#	lines in this file, then these log files will NOT correspond to
+#	the correct 'cache_dir' entry (unless you manually rename
+#	them).  We recommend that you do NOT use this option.  It is
+#	better to keep these log files in each 'cache_dir' directory.
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: emulate_httpd_log	on|off
+#	The Cache can emulate the log file format which many 'httpd'
+#	programs use.  To disable/enable this emulation, set
+#	emulate_httpd_log to 'off' or 'on'.  The default
+#	is to use the native log format since it includes useful
+#	information that Squid-specific log analyzers use.
+#
+#Default:
+# emulate_httpd_log off
+
+#  TAG: log_ip_on_direct	on|off
+#	Log the destination IP address in the hierarchy log tag when going
+#	direct. Earlier Squid versions logged the hostname here. If you
+#	prefer the old way set this to off.
+#
+#Default:
+# log_ip_on_direct on
+
+#  TAG: mime_table
+#	Pathname to Squid's MIME table. You shouldn't need to change
+#	this, but the default file contains examples and formatting
+#	information if you do.
+#
+#Default:
+# mime_table /etc/squid/mime.conf
+
+#  TAG: log_mime_hdrs	on|off
+#	The Cache can record both the request and the response MIME
+#	headers for each HTTP transaction.  The headers are encoded
+#	safely and will appear as two bracketed fields at the end of
+#	the access log (for either the native or httpd-emulated log
+#	formats).  To enable this logging set log_mime_hdrs to 'on'.
+#
+#Default:
+# log_mime_hdrs off
+
+#  TAG: useragent_log
+#	Squid will write the User-Agent field from HTTP requests
+#	to the filename specified here.  By default useragent_log
+#	is disabled.
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: referer_log
+# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
+#       --enable-referer-log option
+#
+#	Squid will write the Referer field from HTTP requests to the
+#	filename specified here.  By default referer_log is disabled.
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: pid_filename
+#	A filename to write the process-id to.  To disable, enter "none".
+#
+#Default:
+# pid_filename /var/run/squid.pid
+
+#  TAG: debug_options
+#	Logging options are set as section,level where each source file
+#	is assigned a unique section.  Lower levels result in less
+#	output,  Full debugging (level 9) can result in a very large
+#	log file, so be careful.  The magic word "ALL" sets debugging
+#	levels for all sections.  We recommend normally running with
+#	"ALL,1".
+#
+#Default:
+# debug_options ALL,1
+
+#  TAG: log_fqdn	on|off
+#	Turn this on if you wish to log fully qualified domain names
+#	in the access.log. To do this Squid does a DNS lookup of all
+#	IP's connecting to it. This can (in some situations) increase
+#	latency, which makes your cache seem slower for interactive
+#	browsing. 
+#
+#Default:
+# log_fqdn off
+
+#  TAG: client_netmask
+#	A netmask for client addresses in logfiles and cachemgr output.
+#	Change this to protect the privacy of your cache clients.
+#	A netmask of 255.255.255.0 will log all IP's in that range with
+#	the last digit set to '0'.
+#
+#Default:
+# client_netmask 255.255.255.255
+
+
+# OPTIONS FOR EXTERNAL SUPPORT PROGRAMS
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#  TAG: ftp_user
+#	If you want the anonymous login password to be more informative
+#	(and enable the use of picky ftp servers), set this to something
+#	reasonable for your domain, like wwwuser@somewhere.net
+#
+#	The reason why this is domainless by default is that the
+#	request can be made on the behalf of a user in any domain,
+#	depending on how the cache is used.
+#	Some ftp server also validate that the email address is valid
+#	(for example perl.com).
+#
+#Default:
+# ftp_user Squid@
+
+#  TAG: ftp_list_width
+#	Sets the width of ftp listings. This should be set to fit in
+#	the width of a standard browser. Setting this too small
+#	can cut off long filenames when browsing ftp sites.
+#
+#Default:
+# ftp_list_width 32
+
+#  TAG: ftp_passive
+#	If your firewall does not allow Squid to use passive
+#	connections, then turn off this option.
+#
+#Default:
+# ftp_passive on
+
+#  TAG: cache_dns_program
+# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
+#       --disable-internal-dns option
+#
+#	Specify the location of the executable for dnslookup process.
+#
+#Default:
+# cache_dns_program /usr/lib/squid/
+
+#  TAG: dns_children
+# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
+#       --disable-internal-dns option
+#
+#	The number of processes spawn to service DNS name lookups.
+#	For heavily loaded caches on large servers, you should
+#	probably increase this value to at least 10.  The maximum
+#	is 32.  The default is 5.
+#
+#	You must have at least one dnsserver process.
+#
+#Default:
+# dns_children 5
+
+#  TAG: dns_retransmit_interval
+#	Initial retransmit interval for DNS queries. The interval is
+#	doubled each time all configured DNS servers have been tried.
+#
+#
+#Default:
+# dns_retransmit_interval 5 seconds
+
+#  TAG: dns_timeout
+#	DNS Query timeout. If no response is received to a DNS query
+#	within this time then all DNS servers for the queried domain
+#	is assumed to be unavailable.
+#
+#Default:
+# dns_timeout 5 minutes
+
+#  TAG: dns_defnames	on|off
+# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
+#       --disable-internal-dns option
+#
+#	Normally the 'dnsserver' disables the RES_DEFNAMES resolver
+#	option (see res_init(3)).  This prevents caches in a hierarchy
+#	from interpreting single-component hostnames locally.  To allow
+#	dnsserver to handle single-component names, enable this
+#	option.
+#
+#Default:
+# dns_defnames off
+
+#  TAG: dns_nameservers
+#	Use this if you want to specify a list of DNS name servers
+#	(IP addresses) to use instead of those given in your
+#	/etc/resolv.conf file.
+#
+#	Example: dns_nameservers 10.0.0.1 192.172.0.4
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: diskd_program
+#	Specify the location of the diskd executable.
+#	Note that this is only useful if you have compiled in
+#	diskd as one of the store io modules.
+#
+#Default:
+# diskd_program /usr/lib/squid/diskd
+
+#  TAG: unlinkd_program
+#	Specify the location of the executable for file deletion process.
+#
+#Default:
+# unlinkd_program /usr/lib/squid/unlinkd
+
+#  TAG: pinger_program
+# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
+#       --enable-icmp option
+#
+#	Specify the location of the executable for the pinger process.
+#	This is only useful if you configured Squid (during compilation)
+#	with the '--enable-icmp' option.
+#
+#Default:
+# pinger_program /usr/lib/squid/
+
+#  TAG: redirect_program
+#	Specify the location of the executable for the URL redirector.
+#	Since they can perform almost any function there isn't one included.
+#	See the Release-Notes for information on how to write one.
+#	By default, a redirector is not used.
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: redirect_children
+#	The number of redirector processes to spawn. If you start
+#	too few Squid will have to wait for them to process a backlog of
+#	URLs, slowing it down. If you start too many they will use RAM
+#	and other system resources.
+#
+#Default:
+# redirect_children 5
+
+#  TAG: redirect_rewrites_host_header
+#	By default Squid rewrites any Host: header in redirected
+#	requests.  If you are running a accelerator then this may
+#	not be a wanted effect of a redirector.
+#
+#Default:
+# redirect_rewrites_host_header on
+
+#  TAG: redirector_access
+#	If defined, this access list specifies which requests are
+#	sent to the redirector processes.  By default all requests
+#	are sent.
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: authenticate_program
+#	Specify the command for the external authenticator.  Such a
+#	program reads a line containing "username password" and replies
+#	"OK" or "ERR" in an endless loop.  If you use an authenticator,
+#	make sure you have 1 acl of type proxy_auth.  By default, the
+#	authenticator_program is not used.
+#
+#	If you want to use the traditional proxy authentication,
+#	jump over to the ../auth_modules/NCSA directory and
+#	type:
+#		% make
+#		% make install
+#
+#	Then, set this line to something like
+#
+#	authenticate_program /usr/bin/ncsa_auth /usr/etc/passwd
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: authenticate_children
+#	The number of authenticator processes to spawn (default 5). If you
+#	start too few Squid will have to wait for them to process a backlog
+#	of usercode/password verifications, slowing it down. When password
+#	verifications are done via a (slow) network you are likely to need
+#	lots of authenticator processes.
+#
+#Default:
+# authenticate_children 5
+
+#  TAG: authenticate_ttl
+#	The time a checked username/password combination remains cached.
+#	If a wrong password is given for a cached user, the user gets
+#	removed from the username/password cache forcing a revalidation.
+#
+#Default:
+# authenticate_ttl 1 hour
+
+#  TAG: authenticate_ip_ttl
+#	With this option you control how long a proxy authentication
+#	will be bound to a specific IP address. If a request using
+#	the same user name is received during this time then access
+#	will be denied and both users are required to reauthenticate
+#	them selves.  The idea behind this is to make it annoying
+#	for people to share their password to their friends, but
+#	yet allow a dialup user to reconnect on a different dialup
+#	port.
+#
+#	The default is 0 to disable the check. Recommended value
+#	if you have dialup users are no more than 60 seconds to allow
+#	the user to redial without hassle. If all your users are
+#	stationary then higher values may be used.
+#
+#	See also authenticate_ip_ttl_is_strict
+#
+#Default:
+# authenticate_ip_ttl 0 seconds
+
+#  TAG: authenticate_ip_ttl_is_strict
+#	This option makes authenticate_ip_ttl a bit stricted. With this
+#	enabled authenticate_ip_ttl will deny all access from other IP
+#	addresses until the TTL has expired, and the IP address "owning"
+#	the userid will not be forced to reauthenticate.
+#
+#Default:
+# authenticate_ip_ttl_is_strict on
+
+
+# OPTIONS FOR TUNING THE CACHE
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#  TAG: wais_relay_host
+#  TAG: wais_relay_port
+#	Relay WAIS request to host (1st arg) at port (2 arg).
+#
+#Default:
+# wais_relay_port 0
+
+#  TAG: request_header_max_size	(KB)
+#	This specifies the maximum size for HTTP headers in a request.
+#	Request headers are usually relatively small (about 512 bytes).
+#	Placing a limit on the request header size will catch certain
+#	bugs (for example with persistent connections) and possibly
+#	buffer-overflow or denial-of-service attacks.
+#
+#Default:
+# request_header_max_size 10 KB
+
+#  TAG: request_body_max_size	(KB)
+#	This specifies the maximum size for an HTTP request body.
+#	In other words, the maximum size of a PUT/POST request.
+#	A user who attempts to send a request with a body larger
+#	than this limit receives an "Invalid Request" error message.
+#	If you set this parameter to a zero, there will be no limit
+#	imposed.
+#
+#Default:
+# request_body_max_size 1 MB
+
+#  TAG: reply_body_max_size	(KB)
+#	This option specifies the maximum size of a reply body.  It
+#	can be used to prevent users from downloading very large files,
+#	such as MP3's and movies.   The reply size is checked twice.
+#	First when we get the reply headers, we check the
+#	content-length value.  If the content length value exists and
+#	is larger than this parameter, the request is denied and the
+#	user receives an error message that says "the request or reply
+#	is too large." If there is no content-length, and the reply
+#	size exceeds this limit, the client's connection is just closed
+#	and they will receive a partial reply.
+#
+#	NOTE: downstream caches probably can not detect a partial reply
+#	if there is no content-length header, so they will cache
+#	partial responses and give them out as hits.  You should NOT
+#	use this option if you have downstream caches.
+#
+#	If you set this parameter to zero (the default), there will be
+#	no limit imposed.
+#
+#Default:
+# reply_body_max_size 0
+
+#  TAG: refresh_pattern
+#	usage: refresh_pattern [-i] regex min percent max [options]
+#
+#	By default, regular expressions are CASE-SENSITIVE.  To make
+#	them case-insensitive, use the -i option.
+#
+#	'Min' is the time (in minutes) an object without an explicit
+#	expiry time should be considered fresh. The recommended
+#	value is 0, any higher values may cause dynamic applications
+#	to be erroneously cached unless the application designer
+#	has taken the appropriate actions.
+#
+#	'Percent' is a percentage of the objects age (time since last
+#	modification age) an object without explicit expiry time
+#	will be considered fresh.
+#
+#	'Max' is an upper limit on how long objects without an explicit
+#	expiry time will be considered fresh.
+#
+#	options: overrsde-expire
+#		 override-lastmod
+#		 reload-into-ims
+#		 ignore-reload
+#
+#		override-expire enforces min age even if the server
+#		sent a Expires: header. Doing this VIOLATES the HTTP
+#		standard.  Enabling this feature could make you liable
+#		for problems which it causes.
+#
+#		override-lastmod enforces min age even on objects
+#		that was modified recently.
+#
+#		reload-into-ims changes client no-cache or ``reload''
+#		to If-Modified-Since requests. Doing this VIOLATES the
+#		HTTP standard. Enabling this feature could make you
+#		liable for problems which it causes.
+#
+#		ignore-reload ignores a client no-cache or ``reload''
+#		header. Doing this VIOLATES the HTTP standard. Enabling
+#		this feature could make you liable for problems which
+#		it causes.
+#		
+#	Please see the file doc/Release-Notes-1.1.txt for a full
+#	description of Squid's refresh algorithm.  Basically a
+#	cached object is: (the order is changed from 1.1.X)
+#
+#		FRESH if expires < now, else STALE
+#		STALE if age > max
+#		FRESH if lm-factor < percent, else STALE
+#		FRESH if age < min
+#		else STALE
+#
+#	The refresh_pattern lines are checked in the order listed here.
+#	The first entry which matches is used.  If none of the entries
+#	match, then the default will be used.
+#
+#	Note, you must uncomment all the default lines if you want
+#	to change one. The default setting is only active if none is
+#	used.
+#
+#Default:
+# refresh_pattern ^ftp:		1440	20%	10080
+# refresh_pattern ^gopher:	1440	0%	1440
+# refresh_pattern .		0	20%	4320
+
+#  TAG: reference_age
+#	As a part of normal operation, Squid performs Least Recently
+#	Used removal of cached objects.  The LRU age for removal is
+#	computed dynamically, based on the amount of disk space in
+#	use.  The dynamic value can be seen in the Cache Manager 'info'
+#	output.
+#
+#	The 'reference_age' parameter defines the maximum LRU age.  For
+#	example, setting reference_age to '1 week' will cause objects
+#	to be removed if they have not been accessed for a week or
+#	more.  The default value is one year.
+#
+#	Specify a number here, followed by units of time.  For example:
+#		1 week
+#		3.5 days
+#		4 months
+#		2.2 hours
+#
+#	NOTE: this parameter is not used when using the enhanced
+#	replacement policies, GDSH or LFUDA.
+#
+#Default:
+# reference_age 1 year
+
+#  TAG: quick_abort_min	(KB)
+#  TAG: quick_abort_max	(KB)
+#  TAG: quick_abort_pct	(percent)
+#	The cache can be configured to continue downloading aborted
+#	requests.  This may be undesirable on slow (e.g. SLIP) links
+#	and/or very busy caches.  Impatient users may tie up file
+#	descriptors and bandwidth by repeatedly requesting and
+#	immediately aborting downloads.
+#
+#	When the user aborts a request, Squid will check the
+#	quick_abort values to the amount of data transfered until
+#	then.
+#
+#	If the transfer has less than 'quick_abort_min' KB remaining,
+#	it will finish the retrieval.  Setting 'quick_abort_min' to -1
+#	will disable the quick_abort feature.
+#
+#	If the transfer has more than 'quick_abort_max' KB remaining,
+#	it will abort the retrieval.
+#
+#	If more than 'quick_abort_pct' of the transfer has completed,
+#	it will finish the retrieval.
+#
+#Default:
+# quick_abort_min 16 KB
+# quick_abort_max 16 KB
+# quick_abort_pct 95
+
+#  TAG: negative_ttl	time-units
+#	Time-to-Live (TTL) for failed requests.  Certain types of
+#	failures (such as "connection refused" and "404 Not Found") are
+#	negatively-cached for a configurable amount of time.  The
+#	default is 5 minutes.  Note that this is different from
+#	negative caching of DNS lookups.
+#
+#Default:
+# negative_ttl 5 minutes
+
+#  TAG: positive_dns_ttl	time-units
+#	Time-to-Live (TTL) for positive caching of successful DNS lookups.
+#	Default is 6 hours (360 minutes).  If you want to minimize the
+#	use of Squid's ipcache, set this to 1, not 0.
+#
+#Default:
+# positive_dns_ttl 6 hours
+
+#  TAG: negative_dns_ttl	time-units
+#	Time-to-Live (TTL) for negative caching of failed DNS lookups.
+#
+#Default:
+# negative_dns_ttl 5 minutes
+
+#  TAG: range_offset_limit	(bytes)
+#	Sets a upper limit on how far into the the file a Range request
+#	may be to cause Squid to prefetch the whole file. If beyond this
+#	limit then Squid forwards the Range request as it is and the result
+#	is NOT cached.
+#
+#	This is to stop a far ahead range request (lets say start at 17MB)
+#	from making Squid fetch the whole object up to that point before
+#	sending anything to the client.
+#
+#	A value of -1 causes Squid to always fetch the object from the
+#	beginning so that it may cache the result. (2.0 style)
+#
+#	A value of 0 causes Squid to never fetch more than the
+#	client requested. (default)
+#
+#Default:
+# range_offset_limit 0 KB
+
+
+# TIMEOUTS
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#  TAG: connect_timeout	time-units
+#	Some systems (notably Linux) can not be relied upon to properly
+#	time out connect(2) requests.  Therefore the Squid process
+#	enforces its own timeout on server connections.  This parameter
+#	specifies how long to wait for the connect to complete.  The
+#	default is two minutes (120 seconds).
+#
+#Default:
+# connect_timeout 2 minutes
+
+#  TAG: peer_connect_timeout	time-units
+#	This parameter specifies how long to wait for a pending TCP
+#	connection to a peer cache.  The default is 30 seconds.   You
+#	may also set different timeout values for individual neighbors
+#	with the 'connect-timeout' option on a 'cache_peer' line.
+#
+#Default:
+# peer_connect_timeout 30 seconds
+
+#  TAG: siteselect_timeout	time-units
+#	For URN to multiple URL's URL selection
+#
+#Default:
+# siteselect_timeout 4 seconds
+
+#  TAG: read_timeout	time-units
+#	The read_timeout is applied on server-side connections.  After
+#	each successful read(), the timeout will be extended by this
+#	amount.  If no data is read again after this amount of time,
+#	the request is aborted and logged with ERR_READ_TIMEOUT.  The
+#	default is 15 minutes.
+#
+#Default:
+# read_timeout 15 minutes
+
+#  TAG: request_timeout
+#	How long to wait for an HTTP request after connection
+#	establishment.  For persistent connections, wait this long
+#	after the previous request completes.
+#
+#Default:
+# request_timeout 30 seconds
+
+#  TAG: client_lifetime	time-units
+#	The maximum amount of time that a client (browser) is allowed to
+#	remain connected to the cache process.  This protects the Cache
+#	from having a lot of sockets (and hence file descriptors) tied up
+#	in a CLOSE_WAIT state from remote clients that go away without
+#	properly shutting down (either because of a network failure or
+#	because of a poor client implementation).  The default is one
+#	day, 1440 minutes.
+#
+#	NOTE:  The default value is intended to be much larger than any
+#	client would ever need to be connected to your cache.  You
+#	should probably change client_lifetime only as a last resort.
+#	If you seem to have many client connections tying up
+#	filedescriptors, we recommend first tuning the read_timeout,
+#	request_timeout, pconn_timeout and quick_abort values.
+#
+#Default:
+# client_lifetime 1 day
+
+#  TAG: half_closed_clients
+#	Some clients may shutdown the sending side of their TCP
+#	connections, while leaving their receiving sides open.	Sometimes,
+#	Squid can not tell the difference between a half-closed and a
+#	fully-closed TCP connection.  By default, half-closed client
+#	connections are kept open until a read(2) or write(2) on the
+#	socket returns an error.  Change this option to 'off' and Squid
+#	will immediately close client connections when read(2) returns
+#	"no more data to read."
+#
+#Default:
+# half_closed_clients on
+
+#  TAG: pconn_timeout
+#	Timeout for idle persistent connections to servers and other
+#	proxies.
+#
+#Default:
+# pconn_timeout 120 seconds
+
+#  TAG: ident_timeout
+#	Maximum time to wait for IDENT requests.  If this is too high,
+#	and you enabled 'ident_lookup', then you might be susceptible
+#	to denial-of-service by having many ident requests going at
+#	once.
+#
+#	Only src type ACL checks are fully supported.  A src_domain
+#	ACL might work at times, but it will not always provide
+#	the correct result.
+#
+#	This option may be disabled by using --disable-ident with
+#	the configure script.
+#
+#Default:
+# ident_timeout 10 seconds
+
+#  TAG: shutdown_lifetime	time-units
+#	When SIGTERM or SIGHUP is received, the cache is put into
+#	"shutdown pending" mode until all active sockets are closed.
+#	This value is the lifetime to set for all open descriptors
+#	during shutdown mode.  Any active clients after this many
+#	seconds will receive a 'timeout' message.
+#
+#Default:
+# shutdown_lifetime 30 seconds
+
+
+# ACCESS CONTROLS
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#  TAG: acl
+#	Defining an Access List
+#
+#	acl aclname acltype string1 ...
+#	acl aclname acltype "file" ...
+#
+#	when using "file", the file should contain one item per line
+#
+#	acltype is one of src dst srcdomain dstdomain url_pattern
+#		urlpath_pattern time port proto method browser user
+#
+#	By default, regular expressions are CASE-SENSITIVE.  To make
+#	them case-insensitive, use the -i option.
+#
+#	acl aclname src      ip-address/netmask ... (clients IP address)
+#	acl aclname src      addr1-addr2/netmask ... (range of addresses)
+#	acl aclname dst      ip-address/netmask ... (URL host's IP address)
+#	acl aclname myip     ip-address/netmask ... (local socket IP address)
+#
+#	acl aclname srcdomain   .foo.com ...    # reverse lookup, client IP
+#	acl aclname dstdomain   .foo.com ...    # Destination server from URL
+#	acl aclname srcdom_regex [-i] xxx ...   # regex matching client name
+#	acl aclname dstdom_regex [-i] xxx ...   # regex matching server
+#	  # For dstdomain and dstdom_regex  a reverse lookup is tried if a IP
+#	  # based URL is used. The name "none" is used if the reverse lookup
+#	  # fails.
+#
+#	acl aclname time     [day-abbrevs]  [h1:m1-h2:m2]
+#	    day-abbrevs:
+#		S - Sunday
+#		M - Monday
+#		T - Tuesday
+#		W - Wednesday
+#		H - Thursday
+#		F - Friday
+#		A - Saturday
+#	    h1:m1 must be less than h2:m2
+#	acl aclname url_regex [-i] ^http:// ...	# regex matching on whole URL
+#	acl aclname urlpath_regex [-i] \.gif$ ...	# regex matching on URL path
+#	acl aclname port     80 70 21 ...
+#	acl aclname port     0-1024 ...		# ranges allowed
+#	acl aclname myport   3128 ...		# (local socket TCP port)
+#	acl aclname proto    HTTP FTP ...
+#	acl aclname method   GET POST ...
+#	acl aclname browser  [-i] regexp
+#	  # pattern match on User-Agent header
+#	acl aclname ident    username ...
+#	acl aclname ident_regex [-i] pattern ...
+#	  # string match on ident output.
+#	  # use REQUIRED to accept any non-null ident.
+#	acl aclname src_as   number ... 
+#	acl aclname dst_as   number ...
+#	  # Except for access control, AS numbers can be used for
+#	  # routing of requests to specific caches. Here's an 
+#	  # example for routing all requests for AS#1241 and only 
+#	  # those to mycache.mydomain.net:
+#	  # acl asexample dst_as 1241
+#	  # cache_peer_access mycache.mydomain.net allow asexample
+#	  # cache_peer_access mycache_mydomain.net deny all
+#
+#	acl aclname proxy_auth username ...
+#	acl aclname proxy_auth_regex [-i] pattern ...
+#	  # list of valid usernames
+#	  # use REQUIRED to accept any valid username.
+#	  #
+#	  # NOTE: when a Proxy-Authentication header is sent but it is not
+#	  # needed during ACL checking the username is NOT logged
+#	  # in access.log.
+#	  #
+#	  # NOTE: proxy_auth requires a EXTERNAL authentication program
+#	  # to check username/password combinations (see
+#	  # authenticate_program).
+#	  #
+#	  # WARNING: proxy_auth can't be used in a transparent proxy. It
+#	  # collides with any authentication done by origin servers. It may
+#	  # seem like it works at first, but it doesn't.
+#
+#	acl aclname snmp_community string ...
+#	  # A community string to limit access to your SNMP Agent
+#	  # Example:
+#	  # 
+#	  #	acl snmppublic snmp_community public
+#
+#	acl aclname maxconn number
+#	  # This will be matched when the client's IP address has
+#	  # more than <number> HTTP connections established.
+#
+#	acl req_mime_type mime-type1 ...
+#	  # regex match agains the mime type of the request generated
+#	  # by the client. Can be used to detect file upload or some
+#	  # types HTTP tunelling requests.
+#	  # NOTE: This does NOT match the reply. You cannot use this
+#	  # to match the returned file type.
+#
+#Examples:
+#acl myexample dst_as 1241
+#acl password proxy_auth REQUIRED
+#acl fileupload req_mime_type -i ^multipart/form-data$
+#
+#Recommended minimum configuration:
+acl all src 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0
+acl manager proto cache_object
+acl localhost src 127.0.0.1/255.255.255.255
+acl SSL_ports port 443 563
+acl Safe_ports port 80		# http
+acl Safe_ports port 21		# ftp
+acl Safe_ports port 443 563	# https, snews
+acl Safe_ports port 70		# gopher
+acl Safe_ports port 210		# wais
+acl Safe_ports port 1025-65535	# unregistered ports
+acl Safe_ports port 280		# http-mgmt
+acl Safe_ports port 488		# gss-http
+acl Safe_ports port 591		# filemaker
+acl Safe_ports port 777		# multiling http
+acl CONNECT method CONNECT
+
+#  TAG: http_access
+#	Allowing or Denying access based on defined access lists
+#
+#	Access to the HTTP port:
+#	http_access allow|deny [!]aclname ...
+#
+#	NOTE on default values:
+#
+#	If there are no "access" lines present, the default is to deny
+#	the request.
+#
+#	If none of the "access" lines cause a match, the default is the
+#	opposite of the last line in the list.  If the last line was
+#	deny, then the default is allow.  Conversely, if the last line
+#	is allow, the default will be deny.  For these reasons, it is a
+#	good idea to have an "deny all" or "allow all" entry at the end
+#	of your access lists to avoid potential confusion.
+#
+#Default:
+# http_access deny all
+#
+#Recommended minimum configuration:
+#
+# Only allow cachemgr access from localhost
+http_access allow manager localhost
+http_access deny manager
+# Deny requests to unknown ports
+http_access deny !Safe_ports
+# Deny CONNECT to other than SSL ports
+http_access deny CONNECT !SSL_ports
+#
+# INSERT YOUR OWN RULE(S) HERE TO ALLOW ACCESS FROM YOUR CLIENTS
+#
+# And finally deny all other access to this proxy
+http_access allow localhost
+http_access deny all
+
+#  TAG: icp_access
+#	Allowing or Denying access to the ICP port based on defined
+#	access lists
+#
+#	icp_access  allow|deny [!]aclname ...
+#
+#	See http_access for details
+#
+#Default:
+# icp_access deny all
+#
+#Allow ICP queries from eveyone
+icp_access allow all
+
+#  TAG: miss_access
+#	Use to force your neighbors to use you as a sibling instead of
+#	a parent.  For example:
+#
+#		acl localclients src 172.16.0.0/16
+#		miss_access allow localclients
+#		miss_access deny  !localclients
+#
+#	This means that only your local clients are allowed to fetch
+#	MISSES and all other clients can only fetch HITS.
+#
+#	By default, allow all clients who passed the http_access rules
+#	to fetch MISSES from us.
+#
+#Default setting:
+# miss_access allow all
+
+#  TAG: cache_peer_access
+#	Similar to 'cache_peer_domain' but provides more flexibility by
+#	using ACL elements.
+#
+#	cache_peer_access cache-host allow|deny [!]aclname ...
+#
+#	The syntax is identical to 'http_access' and the other lists of
+#	ACL elements.  See the comments for 'http_access' below, or
+#	the Squid FAQ (http://www.squid-cache.org/FAQ/FAQ-10.html).
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: proxy_auth_realm
+#	Specifies the realm name which is to be reported to the client for
+#	proxy authentication (part of the text the user will see when
+#	prompted their username and password).
+#
+#Default:
+# proxy_auth_realm Squid proxy-caching web server
+
+#  TAG: ident_lookup_access
+#	A list of ACL elements which, if matched, cause an ident
+#	(RFC 931) lookup to be performed for this request.  For
+#	example, you might choose to always perform ident lookups
+#	for your main multi-user Unix boxes, but not for your Macs
+#	and PCs.  By default, ident lookups are not performed for
+#	any requests.
+#
+#	To enable ident lookups for specific client addresses, you
+#	can follow this example:
+# 
+#	acl ident_aware_hosts src 198.168.1.0/255.255.255.0
+#	ident_lookup_access allow ident_aware_hosts
+#	ident_lookup_access deny all
+#
+#	This option may be disabled by using --disable-ident with
+#	the configure script.
+#
+#Default:
+# ident_lookup_access deny all
+
+
+# ADMINISTRATIVE PARAMETERS
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#  TAG: cache_mgr
+#	Email-address of local cache manager who will receive
+#	mail if the cache dies.  The default is "webmaster."
+#
+#Default:
+# cache_mgr root
+
+#  TAG: cache_effective_user
+#  TAG: cache_effective_group
+#
+#	If the cache is run as root, it will change its effective/real
+#	UID/GID to the UID/GID specified below.  The default is to
+#	change to UID to nobody and GID to nobody.
+#
+#	If Squid is not started as root, the default is to keep the
+#	current UID/GID.  Note that if Squid is not started as root then
+#	you cannot set http_port to a value lower than 1024.
+#
+#Default:
+# cache_effective_user nobody
+# cache_effective_group nobody
+
+#  TAG: visible_hostname
+#	If you want to present a special hostname in error messages, etc,
+#	then define this.  Otherwise, the return value of gethostname()
+#	will be used. If you have multiple caches in a cluster and
+#	get errors about IP-forwarding you must set them to have individual
+#	names with this setting.
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: unique_hostname
+#	If you want to have multiple machines with the same
+#	'visible_hostname' then you must give each machine a different
+#	'unique_hostname' so that forwarding loops can be detected.
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: hostname_aliases
+#	A list of other DNS names that your cache has.
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+
+# OPTIONS FOR THE CACHE REGISTRATION SERVICE
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#	This section contains parameters for the (optional) cache
+#	announcement service.  This service is provided to help
+#	cache administrators locate one another in order to join or
+#	create cache hierarchies.
+#
+#	An 'announcement' message is sent (via UDP) to the registration
+#	service by Squid.  By default, the announcement message is NOT
+#	SENT unless you enable it with 'announce_period' below.
+#
+#	The announcement message includes your hostname, plus the
+#	following information from this configuration file:
+#
+#		http_port
+#		icp_port
+#		cache_mgr
+#
+#	All current information is processed regularly and made
+#	available on the Web at http://www.ircache.net/Cache/Tracker/.
+
+#  TAG: announce_period
+#	This is how frequently to send cache announcements.  The
+#	default is `0' which disables sending the announcement
+#	messages.
+#
+#	To enable announcing your cache, just uncomment the line
+#	below.
+#
+#Default:
+# announce_period 0
+#
+#To enable announcing your cache, just uncomment the line below.
+#announce_period 1 day
+
+#  TAG: announce_host
+#  TAG: announce_file
+#  TAG: announce_port
+#	announce_host and announce_port set the hostname and port
+#	number where the registration message will be sent.
+#
+#	Hostname will default to 'tracker.ircache.net' and port will
+#	default default to 3131.  If the 'filename' argument is given,
+#	the contents of that file will be included in the announce
+#	message.
+#
+#Default:
+# announce_host tracker.ircache.net
+# announce_port 3131
+
+
+# HTTPD-ACCELERATOR OPTIONS
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#  TAG: httpd_accel_host
+#  TAG: httpd_accel_port
+#	If you want to run Squid as an httpd accelerator, define the
+#	host name and port number where the real HTTP server is.
+#
+#	If you want virtual host support then specify the hostname
+#	as "virtual".
+#
+#	If you want virtual port support then specify the port as "0".
+#
+#	NOTE: enabling httpd_accel_host disables proxy-caching and
+#	ICP.  If you want these features enabled also, then set
+#	the 'httpd_accel_with_proxy' option.
+#
+#Default:
+# httpd_accel_port 80
+
+#  TAG: httpd_accel_single_host	on|off
+#	If you are running Squid as a accelerator and have a single backend
+#	server then set this to on. This causes Squid to forward the request
+#	to this server irregardles of what any redirectors or Host headers
+#	says.
+#
+#	Leave this at off if you have multiple backend servers, and use a
+#	redirector (or host table or private DNS) to map the requests to the
+#	appropriate backend servers. Note that the mapping needs to be a
+#	1-1 mapping between requested and backend (from redirector) domain
+#	names or caching will fail, as cacing is performed using the
+#	URL returned from the redirector.
+#
+#	See also redirect_rewrites_host_header.
+#
+#Default:
+# httpd_accel_single_host off
+
+#  TAG: httpd_accel_with_proxy	on|off
+#	If you want to use Squid as both a local httpd accelerator
+#	and as a proxy, change this to 'on'. Note however that your
+#	proxy users may have trouble to reach the accelerated domains
+#	unless their browsers are configured not to use this proxy for
+#	those domains (for example via the no_proxy browser configuration
+#	setting)
+#
+#Default:
+# httpd_accel_with_proxy off
+
+#  TAG: httpd_accel_uses_host_header	on|off
+#	HTTP/1.1 requests include a Host: header which is basically the
+#	hostname from the URL.  Squid can be an accelerator for
+#	different HTTP servers by looking at this header.  However,
+#	Squid does NOT check the value of the Host header, so it opens
+#	a big security hole.  We recommend that this option remain
+#	disabled unless you are sure of what you are doing.
+#
+#	However, you will need to enable this option if you run Squid
+#	as a transparent proxy.  Otherwise, virtual servers which
+#	require the Host: header will not be properly cached.
+#
+#Default:
+# httpd_accel_uses_host_header off
+
+
+# MISCELLANEOUS
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#  TAG: dns_testnames
+#	The DNS tests exit as soon as the first site is successfully looked up
+#
+#	This test can be disabled with the -D command line option.
+#
+#Default:
+# dns_testnames netscape.com internic.net nlanr.net microsoft.com
+
+#  TAG: logfile_rotate
+#	Specifies the number of logfile rotations to make when you
+#	type 'squid -k rotate'.  The default is 10, which will rotate
+#	with extensions 0 through 9.  Setting logfile_rotate to 0 will
+#	disable the rotation, but the logfiles are still closed and
+#	re-opened.  This will enable you to rename the logfiles
+#	yourself just before sending the rotate signal.
+#
+#	Note, the 'squid -k rotate' command normally sends a USR1
+#	signal to the running squid process.  In certain situations
+#	(e.g. on Linux with Async I/O), USR1 is used for other
+#	purposes, so -k rotate uses another signal.  It is best to get
+#	in the habit of using 'squid -k rotate' instead of 'kill -USR1
+#	<pid>'.
+#
+#Default:
+# logfile_rotate 0
+
+#  TAG: append_domain
+#	Appends local domain name to hostnames without any dots in
+#	them.  append_domain must begin with a period.
+#
+#Example:
+# append_domain .yourdomain.com
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: tcp_recv_bufsize	(bytes)
+#	Size of receive buffer to set for TCP sockets.  Probably just
+#	as easy to change your kernel's default.  Set to zero to use
+#	the default buffer size.
+#
+#Default:
+# tcp_recv_bufsize 0 bytes
+
+#  TAG: err_html_text
+#	HTML text to include in error messages.  Make this a "mailto"
+#	URL to your admin address, or maybe just a link to your
+#	organizations Web page.
+#
+#	To include this in your error messages, you must rewrite
+#	the error template files (found in the "errors" directory).
+#	Wherever you want the 'err_html_text' line to appear,
+#	insert a %L tag in the error template file.
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: deny_info
+#	Usage:   deny_info err_page_name acl
+#	Example: deny_info ERR_CUSTOM_ACCESS_DENIED bad_guys
+#
+#	This can be used to return a ERR_ page for requests which
+#	do not pass the 'http_access' rules.  A single ACL will cause
+#	the http_access check to fail.  If a 'deny_info' line exists
+#	for that ACL then Squid returns a corresponding error page.
+#
+#	You may use ERR_ pages that come with Squid or create your own pages
+#	and put them into the configured errors/ directory.
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: memory_pools	on|off
+#	If set, Squid will keep pools of allocated (but unused) memory
+#	available for future use.  If memory is a premium on your
+#	system and you believe your malloc library outperforms Squid 
+#	routines, disable this.
+#
+#Default:
+# memory_pools on
+
+#  TAG: memory_pools_limit	(bytes)
+#	Used only with memory_pools on:
+#	memory_pools_limit 50 MB
+#
+#	If set to a non-zero value, Squid will keep at most the specified
+#	limit of allocated (but unused) memory in memory pools. All free()
+#	requests that exceed this limit will be handled by your malloc
+#	library. Squid does not pre-allocate any memory, just safe-keeps
+#	objects that otherwise would be free()d. Thus, it is safe to set
+#	memory_pools_limit to a reasonably high value even if your
+#	configuration will use less memory.
+#
+#	If not set (default) or set to zero, Squid will keep all memory it
+#	can. That is, there will be no limit on the total amount of memory
+#	used for safe-keeping.
+#
+#	To disable memory allocation optimization, do not set
+#	memory_pools_limit to 0. Set memory_pools to "off" instead.
+#
+#	An overhead for maintaining memory pools is not taken into account
+#	when the limit is checked. This overhead is close to four bytes per
+#	object kept. However, pools may actually _save_ memory because of
+#	reduced memory thrashing in your malloc library.
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: forwarded_for	on|off
+#	If set, Squid will include your system's IP address or name
+#	in the HTTP requests it forwards.  By default it looks like
+#	this:
+#
+#		X-Forwarded-For: 192.1.2.3
+#
+#	If you disable this, it will appear as
+#
+#		X-Forwarded-For: unknown
+#
+#Default:
+# forwarded_for on
+
+#  TAG: log_icp_queries	on|off
+#	If set, ICP queries are logged to access.log. You may wish
+#	do disable this if your ICP load is VERY high to speed things
+#	up or to simplify log analysis.
+#
+#Default:
+# log_icp_queries on
+
+#  TAG: icp_hit_stale	on|off
+#	If you want to return ICP_HIT for stale cache objects, set this
+#	option to 'on'.  If you have sibling relationships with caches
+#	in other administrative domains, this should be 'off'.  If you only
+#	have sibling relationships with caches under your control, then
+#	it is probably okay to set this to 'on'.
+#
+#Default:
+# icp_hit_stale off
+
+#  TAG: minimum_direct_hops
+#	If using the ICMP pinging stuff, do direct fetches for sites
+#	which are no more than this many hops away.
+#
+#Default:
+# minimum_direct_hops 4
+
+#  TAG: minimum_direct_rtt
+#	If using the ICMP pinging stuff, do direct fetches for sites
+#	which are no more than this many rtt milliseconds away.
+#
+#Default:
+# minimum_direct_rtt 400
+
+#  TAG: cachemgr_passwd
+#	Specify passwords for cachemgr operations.
+#
+#	Usage: cachemgr_passwd password action action ...
+#
+#	Some valid actions are (see cache manager menu for a full list):
+#		5min
+#		60min
+#		asndb
+#		authenticator
+#		cbdata
+#		client_list
+#		comm_incoming
+#		config *
+#		counters
+#		delay
+#		digest_stats
+#		dns
+#		events
+#		filedescriptors
+#		fqdncache
+#		histograms
+#		http_headers
+#		info
+#		io
+#		ipcache
+#		mem
+#		menu
+#		netdb
+#		non_peers
+#		objects
+#		pconn
+#		peer_select
+#		redirector
+#		refresh
+#		server_list
+#		shutdown *
+#		store_digest
+#		storedir
+#		utilization
+#		via_headers
+#		vm_objects
+#
+#	* Indicates actions which will not be performed without a
+#	  valid password, others can be performed if not listed here.
+#
+#	To disable an action, set the password to "disable".
+#	To allow performing an action without a password, set the
+#	password to "none".
+#
+#	Use the keyword "all" to set the same password for all actions.
+#
+#Example:
+# cachemgr_passwd secret shutdown
+# cachemgr_passwd lesssssssecret info stats/objects
+# cachemgr_passwd disable all
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: store_avg_object_size	(kbytes)
+#	Average object size, used to estimate number of objects your
+#	cache can hold.  See doc/Release-Notes-1.1.txt.  The default is
+#	13 KB.
+#
+#Default:
+# store_avg_object_size 13 KB
+
+#  TAG: store_objects_per_bucket
+#	Target number of objects per bucket in the store hash table.
+#	Lowering this value increases the total number of buckets and
+#	also the storage maintenance rate.  The default is 50.
+#
+#Default:
+# store_objects_per_bucket 20
+
+#  TAG: client_db	on|off
+#	If you want to disable collecting per-client statistics, then
+#	turn off client_db here.
+#
+#Default:
+# client_db on
+
+#  TAG: netdb_low
+#  TAG: netdb_high
+#	The low and high water marks for the ICMP measurement
+#	database.  These are counts, not percents.  The defaults are
+#	900 and 1000.  When the high water mark is reached, database
+#	entries will be deleted until the low mark is reached.
+#
+#Default:
+# netdb_low 900
+# netdb_high 1000
+
+#  TAG: netdb_ping_period
+#	The minimum period for measuring a site.  There will be at
+#	least this much delay between successive pings to the same
+#	network.  The default is five minutes.
+#
+#Default:
+# netdb_ping_period 5 minutes
+
+#  TAG: query_icmp	on|off
+#	If you want to ask your peers to include ICMP data in their ICP
+#	replies, enable this option.
+#
+#	If your peer has configured Squid (during compilation) with
+#	'--enable-icmp' then that peer will send ICMP pings to origin server
+#	sites of the URLs it receives.  If you enable this option then the
+#	ICP replies from that peer will include the ICMP data (if available).
+#	Then, when choosing a parent cache, Squid will choose the parent with
+#	the minimal RTT to the origin server.  When this happens, the
+#	hierarchy field of the access.log will be
+#	"CLOSEST_PARENT_MISS".  This option is off by default.
+#
+#Default:
+# query_icmp off
+
+#  TAG: test_reachability	on|off
+#	When this is 'on', ICP MISS replies will be ICP_MISS_NOFETCH
+#	instead of ICP_MISS if the target host is NOT in the ICMP
+#	database, or has a zero RTT.
+#
+#Default:
+# test_reachability off
+
+#  TAG: buffered_logs	on|off
+#	Some log files (cache.log, useragent.log) are written with
+#	stdio functions, and as such they can be buffered or
+#	unbuffered.  By default they will be unbuffered. Buffering them
+#	can speed up the writing slightly (though you are unlikely to
+#	need to worry).
+#
+#Default:
+# buffered_logs off
+
+#  TAG: reload_into_ims	on|off
+#	When you enable this option, client no-cache or ``reload''
+#	requests will be changed to If-Modified-Since requests.
+#	Doing this VIOLATES the HTTP standard.  Enabling this
+#	feature could make you liable for problems which it
+#	causes.
+#	
+#	see also refresh_pattern for a more selective approach.
+#
+#	This option may be disabled by using --disable-http-violations
+#	with the configure script.
+#
+#Default:
+# reload_into_ims off
+
+#  TAG: always_direct
+#	Usage: always_direct allow|deny [!]aclname ...
+#
+#	Here you can use ACL elements to specify requests which should
+#	ALWAYS be forwarded directly to origin servers.  For example,
+#	to always directly forward requests for local servers use
+#	something like:
+#
+#		acl local-servers dstdomain my.domain.net
+#		always_direct allow local-servers
+#
+#	To always forward FTP requests directly, use
+#
+#		acl FTP proto FTP
+#		always_direct allow FTP
+#
+#	NOTE: There is a similar, but opposite option named
+#	'never_direct'.  You need to be aware that "always_direct deny
+#	foo" is NOT the same thing as "never_direct allow foo".  You
+#	may need to use a deny rule to exclude a more-specific case of
+#	some other rule.  Example:
+#
+#		acl local-external dstdomain external.foo.net
+#		acl local-servers dstdomain  foo.net
+#		always_direct deny local-external
+#		always_direct allow local-servers
+#
+#	This option replaces some v1.1 options such as local_domain
+#	and local_ip.
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: never_direct
+#	Usage: never_direct allow|deny [!]aclname ...
+#
+#	never_direct is the opposite of always_direct.  Please read
+#	the description for always_direct if you have not already.
+#
+#	With 'never_direct' you can use ACL elements to specify
+#	requests which should NEVER be forwarded directly to origin
+#	servers.  For example, to force the use of a proxy for all
+#	requests, except those in your local domain use something like:
+#
+#		acl local-servers dstdomain foo.net
+#		acl all src 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0
+#		never_direct deny local-servers
+#		never_direct allow all
+#	
+#	or if squid is inside a firewall and there is local intranet
+#	servers inside the firewall then use something like:
+#
+#		acl local-intranet dstdomain foo.net
+#		acl local-external dstdomain external.foo.net
+#		always_direct deny local-external
+#		always_direct allow local-intranet
+#		never_direct allow all
+#	
+#	This option replaces some v1.1 options such as inside_firewall
+#	and firewall_ip.
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: anonymize_headers
+#	Usage: anonymize_headers allow|deny header_name ...
+#
+#	This option replaces the old 'http_anonymizer' option with
+#	something that is much more configurable.  You may now
+#	specify exactly which headers are to be allowed, or which
+#	are to be removed from outgoing requests.
+#
+#	There are two methods of using this option.  You may either
+#	allow specific headers (thus denying all others), or you
+#	may deny specific headers (thus allowing all others).
+#
+#	For example, to achieve the same behavior as the old
+#	'http_anonymizer standard' option, you should use:
+#
+#		anonymize_headers deny From Referer Server
+#		anonymize_headers deny User-Agent WWW-Authenticate Link
+#		
+#	Or, to reproduce the old 'http_anonymizer paranoid' feature
+#	you should use:
+#
+#		anonymize_headers allow Allow Authorization Cache-Control
+#		anonymize_headers allow Content-Encoding Content-Length
+#		anonymize_headers allow Content-Type Date Expires Host
+#		anonymize_headers allow If-Modified-Since Last-Modified
+#		anonymize_headers allow Location Pragma Accept
+#		anonymize_headers allow Accept-Encoding Accept-Language
+#		anonymize_headers allow Content-Language Mime-Version
+#		anonymize_headers allow Retry-After Title Connection
+#		anonymize_headers allow Proxy-Connection
+#
+#	NOTE: You can not mix "allow" and "deny".  All 'anonymize_headers'
+#	lines must have the same second argument.
+#
+#	By default, all headers are allowed (no anonymizing is
+#	performed).
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: fake_user_agent
+#	If you filter the User-Agent header with 'anonymize_headers' it
+#	may cause some Web servers to refuse your request.  Use this to
+#	fake one up.  For example:
+#
+#	fake_user_agent Nutscrape/1.0 (CP/M; 8-bit)
+#	(credit to Paul Southworth pauls@etext.org for this one!)
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: icon_directory
+#	Where the icons are stored. These are normally kept in
+#	/usr/lib/squid/icons
+#
+#Default:
+# icon_directory /usr/lib/squid/icons
+
+#  TAG: error_directory
+#	Directory where the error files are read from.
+#	/usr/lib/squid/errors contains sets of error files
+#	in different languages. The default error directory
+#	is /etc/squid/errors, which is a link to one of these
+#	error sets.
+#
+#	If you wish to create your own versions of the error files,
+#	either to customize them to suit your language or company,
+#	copy the template English files to another
+#	directory and point this tag at them.
+#	
+#error_directory /etc/squid/errors
+#
+#Default:
+# error_directory /etc/squid/errors
+
+#  TAG: minimum_retry_timeout	(seconds)
+#	This specifies the minimum connect timeout, for when the
+#	connect timeout is reduced to compensate for the availability
+#	of multiple IP addresses.
+#
+#	When a connection to a host is initiated, and that host has
+#	several IP addresses, the default connection timeout is reduced
+#	by dividing it by the number of addresses.  So, a site with 15
+#	addresses would then have a timeout of 8 seconds for each
+#	address attempted.  To avoid having the timeout reduced to the
+#	point where even a working host would not have a chance to
+#	respond, this setting is provided.  The default, and the
+#	minimum value, is five seconds, and the maximum value is sixty
+#	seconds, or half of connect_timeout, whichever is greater and
+#	less than connect_timeout.
+#
+#Default:
+# minimum_retry_timeout 5 seconds
+
+#  TAG: maximum_single_addr_tries
+#	This sets the maximum number of connection attempts for a
+#	host that only has one address (for multiple-address hosts,
+#	each address is tried once).
+#
+#	The default value is three tries, the (not recommended)
+#	maximum is 255 tries.  A warning message will be generated
+#	if it is set to a value greater than ten.
+#
+#Default:
+# maximum_single_addr_tries 3
+
+#  TAG: snmp_port
+#	Squid can now serve statistics and status information via SNMP.
+#	By default it listens to port 3401 on the machine. If you don't
+#	wish to use SNMP, set this to "0".
+#
+#	NOTE: SNMP support requires use the --enable-snmp configure
+#	command line option.
+#
+#Default:
+# snmp_port 3401
+
+#  TAG: snmp_access
+#	Allowing or denying access to the SNMP port.
+#
+#	All access to the agent is denied by default.
+#	usage:
+#
+#	snmp_access allow|deny [!]aclname ...
+#
+#Example:
+# snmp_access allow snmppublic localhost
+# snmp_access deny all
+#
+#Default:
+# snmp_access deny all
+
+#  TAG: snmp_incoming_address
+#  TAG: snmp_outgoing_address
+#	Just like 'udp_incoming_address' above, but for the SNMP port.
+#
+#	snmp_incoming_address	is used for the SNMP socket receiving
+#				messages from SNMP agents.
+#	snmp_outgoing_address	is used for SNMP packets returned to SNMP
+#				agents.
+#
+#	The default snmp_incoming_address (0.0.0.0) is to listen on all
+#	available network interfaces.
+#
+#	If snmp_outgoing_address is set to 255.255.255.255 (the default)
+#	then it will use the same socket as snmp_incoming_address. Only
+#	change this if you want to have SNMP replies sent using another
+#	address than where this Squid listens for SNMP queries.
+#
+#	NOTE, snmp_incoming_address and snmp_outgoing_address can not have
+#	the same value since they both use port 3401.
+#
+#Default:
+# snmp_incoming_address 0.0.0.0
+# snmp_outgoing_address 255.255.255.255
+
+#  TAG: as_whois_server
+#	WHOIS server to query for AS numbers.  NOTE: AS numbers are
+#	queried only when Squid starts up, not for every request.
+#
+#Default:
+# as_whois_server whois.ra.net
+# as_whois_server whois.ra.net
+
+#  TAG: wccp_router
+#	Use this option to define your WCCP ``home'' router for
+#	Squid.   Setting the 'wccp_router' to 0.0.0.0 (the default)
+#	disables WCCP.
+#
+#Default:
+# wccp_router 0.0.0.0
+
+#  TAG: wccp_version
+#	According to some users, Cisco IOS 11.2 only supports WCCP
+#	version 3.  If you're using that version of IOS, change
+#	this value to 3.
+#
+#Default:
+# wccp_version 4
+
+#  TAG: wccp_incoming_address
+#  TAG: wccp_outgoing_address
+#        wccp_incoming_address   Use this option if you require WCCP
+#				messages to be received on only one
+#				interface.  Do NOT use this option if
+#				you're unsure how many interfaces you
+#				have, or if you know you have only one
+#				interface.
+#
+#	wccp_outgoing_address	Use this option if you require WCCP
+#				messages to be sent out on only one
+#				interface.  Do NOT use this option if
+#				you're unsure how many interfaces you
+#				have, or if you know you have only one
+#				interface.
+#
+#        The default behavior is to not bind to any specific address.
+#
+#        NOTE, wccp_incoming_address and wccp_outgoing_address can not have
+#        the same value since they both use port 2048.
+#
+#Default:
+# wccp_incoming_address 0.0.0.0
+# wccp_outgoing_address 255.255.255.255
+
+
+# DELAY POOL PARAMETERS (all require DELAY_POOLS compilation option)
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#  TAG: delay_pools
+#	This represents the number of delay pools to be used.  For example,
+#	if you have one class 2 delay pool and one class 3 delays pool, you
+#	have a total of 2 delay pools.
+#
+#	To enable this option, you must use --enable-delay-pools with the
+#	configure script.
+#
+#Default:
+# delay_pools 0
+
+#  TAG: delay_class
+#	This defines the class of each delay pool.  There must be exactly one
+#	delay_class line for each delay pool.  For example, to define two
+#	delay pools, one of class 2 and one of class 3, the settings above
+#	and here would be:
+#
+#Example:
+# delay_pools 2      # 2 delay pools
+# delay_class 1 2    # pool 1 is a class 2 pool
+# delay_class 2 3    # pool 2 is a class 3 pool
+#
+#	The delay pool classes are:
+#
+#		class 1		Everything is limited by a single aggregate
+#				bucket.
+#
+#		class 2 	Everything is limited by a single aggregate
+#				bucket as well as an "individual" bucket chosen
+#				from bits 25 through 32 of the IP address.
+#
+#		class 3		Everything is limited by a single aggregate
+#				bucket as well as a "network" bucket chosen
+#				from bits 17 through 24 of the IP address and a
+#				"individual" bucket chosen from bits 17 through
+#				32 of the IP address.
+#
+#	NOTE: If an IP address is a.b.c.d
+#		-> bits 25 through 32 are "d"
+#		-> bits 17 through 24 are "c"
+#		-> bits 17 through 32 are "c * 256 + d"
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: delay_access
+#	This is used to determine which delay pool a request falls into.
+#	The first matched delay pool is always used, i.e., if a request falls
+#	into delay pool number one, no more delay are checked, otherwise the
+#	rest are checked in order of their delay pool number until they have
+#	all been checked.  For example, if you want some_big_clients in delay
+#	pool 1 and lotsa_little_clients in delay pool 2:
+#
+#Example:
+# delay_access 1 allow some_big_clients
+# delay_access 1 deny all
+# delay_access 2 allow lotsa_little_clients
+# delay_access 2 deny all
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: delay_parameters
+#	This defines the parameters for a delay pool.  Each delay pool has
+#	a number of "buckets" associated with it, as explained in the
+#	description of delay_class.  For a class 1 delay pool, the syntax is:
+#
+#delay_parameters pool aggregate
+#
+#	For a class 2 delay pool:
+#
+#delay_parameters pool aggregate individual
+#
+#	For a class 3 delay pool:
+#
+#delay_parameters pool aggregate network individual
+#
+#	The variables here are:
+#
+#		pool		a pool number - ie, a number between 1 and the
+#				number specified in delay_pools as used in
+#				delay_class lines.
+#
+#		aggregate	the "delay parameters" for the aggregate bucket
+#				(class 1, 2, 3).
+#
+#		individual	the "delay parameters" for the individual
+#				buckets (class 2, 3).
+#
+#		network		the "delay parameters" for the network buckets
+#				(class 3).
+#
+#	A pair of delay parameters is written restore/maximum, where restore is
+#	the number of bytes (not bits - modem and network speeds are usually
+#	quoted in bits) per second placed into the bucket, and maximum is the
+#	maximum number of bytes which can be in the bucket at any time.
+#
+#	For example, if delay pool number 1 is a class 2 delay pool as in the
+#	above example, and is being used to strictly limit each host to 64kbps
+#	(plus overheads), with no overall limit, the line is:
+#
+#delay_parameters 1 -1/-1 8000/8000
+#
+#	Note that the figure -1 is used to represent "unlimited".
+#
+#	And, if delay pool number 2 is a class 3 delay pool as in the above
+#	example, and you want to limit it to a total of 256kbps (strict limit)
+#	with each 8-bit network permitted 64kbps (strict limit) and each
+#	individual host permitted 4800bps with a bucket maximum size of 64kb
+#	to permit a decent web page to be downloaded at a decent speed
+#	(if the network is not being limited due to overuse) but slow down
+#	large downloads more significantly:
+#
+#delay_parameters 2 32000/32000 8000/8000 600/64000
+#
+#	There must be one delay_parameters line for each delay pool.
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: delay_initial_bucket_level	(percent, 0-100)
+#	The initial bucket percentage is used to determine how much is put
+#	in each bucket when squid starts, is reconfigured, or first notices
+#	a host accessing it (in class 2 and class 3, individual hosts and
+#	networks only have buckets associated with them once they have been
+#	"seen" by squid).
+#
+#Default:
+# delay_initial_bucket_level 50
+
+#  TAG: incoming_icp_average
+#  TAG: incoming_http_average
+#  TAG: incoming_dns_average
+#  TAG: min_icp_poll_cnt
+#  TAG: min_dns_poll_cnt
+#  TAG: min_http_poll_cnt
+#	Heavy voodoo here.  I can't even believe you are reading this.
+#	Are you crazy?  Don't even think about adjusting these unless
+#	you understand the algorithms in comm_select.c first!
+#
+#Default:
+# incoming_icp_average 6
+# incoming_http_average 4
+# incoming_dns_average 4
+# min_icp_poll_cnt 8
+# min_dns_poll_cnt 8
+# min_http_poll_cnt 8
+
+#  TAG: max_open_disk_fds
+#	To avoid having disk as the I/O bottleneck Squid can optionally
+#	bypass the on-disk cache if more than this amount of disk file
+#	descriptors are open.
+#
+#	A value of 0 indicates no limit.
+#
+#Default:
+# max_open_disk_fds 0
+
+#  TAG: offline_mode
+#	Enable this option and Squid will never try to validate cached
+#	objects.
+#
+#Default:
+# offline_mode off
+
+#  TAG: uri_whitespace
+#	What to do with requests that have whitespace characters in the
+#	URI.  Options:
+#
+#	strip:  The whitespace characters are stripped out of the URL.
+#		This is the behavior recommended by RFC2616.
+#	deny:   The request is denied.  The user receives an "Invalid
+#		Request" message.
+#	allow:  The request is allowed and the URI is not changed.  The
+#		whitespace characters remain in the URI.  Note the
+#		whitespace is passed to redirector processes if they
+#		are in use.
+#	encode:	The request is allowed and the whitespace characters are
+#		encoded according to RFC1738.  This could be considered
+#		a violation of the HTTP/1.1
+#		RFC because proxies are not allowed to rewrite URI's.
+#	chop:	The request is allowed and the URI is chopped at the
+#		first whitespace.  This might also be considered a
+#		violation.
+#
+#Default:
+# uri_whitespace strip
+
+#  TAG: broken_posts
+#	A list of ACL elements which, if matched, causes Squid to send
+#	a extra CRLF pair after the body of a PUT/POST request.
+#
+#	Some HTTP servers has broken implementations of PUT/POST,
+#	and rely on a extra CRLF pair sent by some WWW clients.
+#
+#	Quote from RFC 2068 section 4.1 on this matter:
+#
+#	  Note: certain buggy HTTP/1.0 client implementations generate an
+#	  extra CRLF's after a POST request. To restate what is explicitly
+#	  forbidden by the BNF, an HTTP/1.1 client must not preface or follow
+#	  a request with an extra CRLF.
+#
+#Example:
+# acl buggy_server url_regex ^http://....
+# broken_posts allow buggy_server
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: mcast_miss_addr
+# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
+#       -DMULTICAST_MISS_STREAM option
+#
+#	If you enable this option, every "cache miss" URL will
+#	be sent out on the specified multicast address.
+#
+#	Do not enable this option unless you are are absolutely
+#	certain you understand what you are doing.
+#
+#Default:
+# mcast_miss_addr 255.255.255.255
+
+#  TAG: mcast_miss_ttl
+# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
+#       -DMULTICAST_MISS_TTL option
+#
+#	This is the time-to-live value for packets multicasted
+#	when multicasting off cache miss URLs is enabled.  By
+#	default this is set to 'site scope', i.e. 16.
+#
+#Default:
+# mcast_miss_ttl 16
+
+#  TAG: mcast_miss_port
+# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
+#       -DMULTICAST_MISS_STREAM option
+#
+#	This is the port number to be used in conjunction with
+#	'mcast_miss_addr'.
+#
+#Default:
+# mcast_miss_port 3135
+
+#  TAG: mcast_miss_encode_key
+# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
+#       -DMULTICAST_MISS_STREAM option
+#
+#	The URLs that are sent in the multicast miss stream are
+#	encrypted.  This is the encryption key.
+#
+#Default:
+# mcast_miss_encode_key XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
+
+#  TAG: nonhierarchical_direct
+#	By default, Squid will send any non-hierarchical requests
+#	(matching hierarchy_stoplist or not cachable request type) direct
+#	to origin servers.
+#
+#	If you set this to off, then Squid will prefer to send these
+#	requests to parents.
+#
+#	Note that in most configurations, by turning this off you will only
+#	add latency to these request without any improvement in global hit
+#	ratio.
+#
+#	If you are inside an firewall then see never_direct instead of
+#	this directive.
+#
+#Default:
+# nonhierarchical_direct on
+
+#  TAG: prefer_direct
+#	Normally Squid tries to use parents for most requests. If you by some
+#	reason like it to first try going direct and only use a parent if
+#	going direct fails then set this to off.
+#
+#	By combining nonhierarchical_direct off and prefer_direct on you
+#	can set up Squid to use a parent as a backup path if going direct
+#	fails.
+#
+#Default:
+# prefer_direct off
+
+#  TAG: strip_query_terms
+#	By default, Squid strips query terms from requested URLs before
+#	logging.  This protects your user's privacy.
+#
+#Default:
+# strip_query_terms on
+
+#  TAG: coredump_dir
+#	By default Squid leaves core files in the first cache_dir
+#	directory.  If you set 'coredump_dir' to a directory
+#	that exists, Squid will chdir() to that directory at startup
+#	and coredump files will be left there.
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: redirector_bypass
+#	When this is 'on', a request will not go through the
+#	redirector if all redirectors are busy.  If this is 'off'
+#	and the redirector queue grows too large, Squid will exit
+#	with a FATAL error and ask you to increase the number of
+#	redirectors.  You should only enable this if the redirectors
+#	are not critical to your caching system.  If you use
+#	redirectors for access control, and you enable this option,
+#	then users may have access to pages that they should not
+#	be allowed to request.
+#
+#Default:
+# redirector_bypass off
+
+#  TAG: ignore_unknown_nameservers
+#	By default Squid checks that DNS responses are received
+#	from the same IP addresses that they are sent to.  If they
+#	don't match, Squid ignores the response and writes a warning
+#	message to cache.log.  You can allow responses from unknown
+#	nameservers by setting this option to 'off'.
+#
+#Default:
+# ignore_unknown_nameservers on
+
+#  TAG: digest_generation
+# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
+#       --enable-cache-digests option
+#
+#	This controls whether the server will generate a Cache Digest
+#	of its contents.  By default, Cache Digest generation is
+#	enabled if Squid is compiled with USE_CACHE_DIGESTS defined.
+#
+#Default:
+# digest_generation on
+
+#  TAG: digest_bits_per_entry
+# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
+#       --enable-cache-digests option
+#
+#	This is the number of bits of the server's Cache Digest which
+#	will be associated with the Digest entry for a given HTTP
+#	Method and URL (public key) combination.  The default is 5.
+#
+#Default:
+# digest_bits_per_entry 5
+
+#  TAG: digest_rebuild_period	(seconds)
+# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
+#       --enable-cache-digests option
+#
+#	This is the number of seconds between Cache Digest rebuilds.
+#
+#Default:
+# digest_rebuild_period 1 hour
+
+#  TAG: digest_rewrite_period	(seconds)
+# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
+#       --enable-cache-digests option
+#
+#	This is the number of seconds between Cache Digest writes to
+#	disk.
+#
+#Default:
+# digest_rewrite_period 1 hour
+
+#  TAG: digest_swapout_chunk_size	(bytes)
+# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
+#       --enable-cache-digests option
+#
+#	This is the number of bytes of the Cache Digest to write to
+#	disk at a time.  It defaults to 4096 bytes (4KB), the Squid
+#	default swap page.
+#
+#Default:
+# digest_swapout_chunk_size 4096 bytes
+
+#  TAG: digest_rebuild_chunk_percentage	(percent, 0-100)
+# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
+#       --enable-cache-digests option
+#
+#	This is the percentage of the Cache Digest to be scanned at a
+#	time.  By default it is set to 10% of the Cache Digest.
+#
+#Default:
+# digest_rebuild_chunk_percentage 10
+
+#  TAG: chroot
+#	Use this to have Squid do a chroot() while initializing.  This
+#	also causes Squid to fully drop root privileges after
+#	initializing.  This means, for example, that if you use a HTTP
+#	port less than 1024 and try to reconfigure, you will get an
+#	error.
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: client_persistent_connections
+#  TAG: server_persistent_connections
+#	Persistent connection support for clients and servers.  By
+#	default, Squid uses persistent connections (when allowed)
+#	with its clients and servers.  You can use these options to
+#	disable persistent connections with clients and/or servers.
+#
+#Default:
+# client_persistent_connections on
+# server_persistent_connections on
+
+#  TAG: pipeline_prefetch
+#	To boost the performance of pipelined requests to closer
+#	match that of a non-proxied environment Squid tries to fetch
+#	up to two requests in parallell from a pipeline.
+#
+#Default:
+# pipeline_prefetch on
+
+#  TAG: extension_methods
+#	Squid only knows about standardized HTTP request methods.
+#	You can add up to 20 additional "extension" methods here.
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: high_response_time_warning	(msec)
+#	If the one-minute median response time exceeds this value,
+#	Squid prints a WARNING with debug level 0 to get the
+#	administrators attention.  The value is in milliseconds.
+#
+#Default:
+# high_response_time_warning 0
+
+#  TAG: high_page_fault_warning
+#	If the one-minute average page fault rate exceeds this
+#	value, Squid prints a WARNING with debug level 0 to get
+#	the administrators attention.  The value is in page faults
+#	per second.
+#
+#Default:
+# high_page_fault_warning 0
+
+#  TAG: high_memory_warning
+#	If the memory usage (as determined by mallinfo) exceeds
+#	value, Squid prints a WARNING with debug level 0 to get
+#	the administrators attention.
+#
+#Default:
+# high_memory_warning 0
+
+#  TAG: store_dir_select_algorithm
+#	Set this to 'round-robin' as an alternative.
+#
+#Default:
+# store_dir_select_algorithm least-load
+
+#  TAG: forward_log
+# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
+#       -DWIP_FWD_LOG option
+#
+#	Logs the server-side requests.
+#
+#	This is currently work in progress.
+#
+#Default:
+# none
+
+#  TAG: ie_refresh	on|off
+#	Microsoft Internet Explorer up until version 5.5 Service
+#	Pack 1 has an issue with transparent proxies, wherein it
+#	is impossible to force a refresh.  Turning this on provides
+#	a partial fix to the problem, by causing all IMS-REFRESH
+#	requests from older IE versions to check the origin server
+#	for fresh content.  This reduces hit ratio by some amount
+#	(~10% in my experience), but allows users to actually get
+#	fresh content when they want it.  Note that because Squid
+#	cannot tell if the user is using 5.5 or 5.5SP1, the behavior
+#	of 5.5 is unchanged from old versions of Squid (i.e. a
+#	forced refresh is impossible).  Newer versions of IE will,
+#	hopefully, continue to have the new behavior and will be
+#	handled based on that assumption.  This option defaults to
+#	the old Squid behavior, which is better for hit ratios but
+#	worse for clients using IE, if they need to be able to
+#	force fresh content.
+#
+#Default:
+# ie_refresh off
+
diff --git a/proxy_wizard/scripts/testport.sh b/proxy_wizard/scripts/testport.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..e800dbd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/proxy_wizard/scripts/testport.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000,2001 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# 
+# squid	wizard
+
+echo_debug $0
+
+[ -r /etc/services ] || exit 0
+
+echo_debug $wiz_squid_port
+
+# we now that we got a positive integer (uint)
+
+[ $wiz_squid_port -eq 8080 ] && exit 0
+[ $wiz_squid_port -lt 1024 ] && exit 2
+[ $wiz_squid_port -ge 65536 ] && exit 2
+
+grep -qs "[[:space:]]$wiz_squid_port/tcp" /etc/services && {
+	echo_debug "err service"
+	exit 1
+}
+echo_debug "no pb"
+exit 0
+
diff --git a/samba_wizard/scripts/check_banner.sh b/samba_wizard/scripts/check_banner.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..42aed456
--- /dev/null
+++ b/samba_wizard/scripts/check_banner.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard samba configuration
+#
+# checking if the provided server banner is correct :
+
+
+if [ -z "${wiz_banner}" ] ;then
+	echo_debug "wiz_banner is empty, should not."
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+
+# all seems to be ok
+exit 10
+
diff --git a/samba_wizard/scripts/check_services.sh b/samba_wizard/scripts/check_services.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..802bc320
--- /dev/null
+++ b/samba_wizard/scripts/check_services.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard samba configuration
+#
+# checking if the provided services are correct :
+
+
+if [ -z "${wiz_do_file_sharing}" ] ;then
+	echo_debug "wiz_do_file_sharing is empty, should not."
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+if [ -z "${wiz_do_printer_sharing}" ] ;then
+	echo_debug "wiz_do_file_sharing is empty, should not."
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+
+# all seems to be ok
+exit 10
+
diff --git a/samba_wizard/scripts/check_workgroup.sh b/samba_wizard/scripts/check_workgroup.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..db70ec8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/samba_wizard/scripts/check_workgroup.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard samba configuration
+#
+# checking if the provided server workgroup is correct :
+
+
+if [ -z "${wiz_workgroup}" ] ;then
+	echo_debug "wiz_banner is empty, should not."
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+
+# all seems to be ok
+exit 10
diff --git a/samba_wizard/scripts/do_it_samba.sh b/samba_wizard/scripts/do_it_samba.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..2f3fc0be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/samba_wizard/scripts/do_it_samba.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+#
+# set up the config for samba
+# assuming all dependencies are ok
+
+file=/etc/sysconfig/mdk_serv
+
+# store the variables
+
+chg_val ${file} wiz_banner ${wiz_banner} s
+chg_val ${file} wiz_workgroup ${wiz_workgroup} s
+chg_val ${file} wiz_do_printer_sharing ${wiz_do_printer_sharing} s
+chg_val ${file} wiz_do_file_sharing ${wiz_do_file_sharing} s
+
+
+ip=`get_var wiz_ip_net`
+
+
+echo_debug "printer  ${wiz_do_printer_sharing}" 
+echo_debug "file share   ${wiz_do_file_sharing}" 
+echo_debug "banner  ${wiz_banner}" 
+echo_debug "workgr  ${wiz_workgroup}" 
+
+
+# samba configuration file
+config="/etc/samba/smb.conf"
+if [ ! -f ${config} ]; then
+	echo_debug "no smb.conf configuration file found ! exiting."
+	exit 2
+fi
+
+bck_file ${config}
+
+cat ${CWD}/scripts/smb.conf.default > ${config}
+
+${CWD}/scripts/smbconfig.pl --set-hosts-allow="${ip%.*}. 127." \
+--set-workgroup="${wiz_workgroup}" --set-banner="${wiz_banner}"
+
+if [ "${wiz_do_file_sharing}" == "true" ]; then
+	echo_debug "enabling file sharing"
+	${CWD}/scripts/smbconfig.pl --remove-homes --enable-public --set-security-share
+fi
+
+if [ "${wiz_do_printer_sharing}" == "enabled" ]; then
+	echo_debug "enabling printer access"
+	${CWD}/scripts/smbconfig.pl --enable-printer-access
+fi
+
+
+echo_debug "restarting service smb"
+# restarting service
+#/etc/rc.d/init.d/smb restart >/dev/null 2>&1
+
+
+# exiting ok
+exit 1
diff --git a/samba_wizard/scripts/smbconfig.pl b/samba_wizard/scripts/smbconfig.pl
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..bee6d7a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/samba_wizard/scripts/smbconfig.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+#
+# smbconfig  by Guillaume Cottenceau <gc@mandrakesoft.com>
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2000 by Mandrakesoft
+#
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+# documentation under the terms of the GNU General Public License is hereby 
+# granted. No representations are made about the suitability of this software 
+# for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+# See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+$program_name = "smbconfig";
+$version = "0.1.3";
+
+$debug_printings = 0;
+
+
+sub debug_print
+{
+    $debug_printings && print "[DEBUG] ".$_[0];
+}
+
+sub debug_print2
+{
+    $debug_printings && print $_[0];
+}
+
+
+sub fail
+{
+    die "Exiting on failure.\n";
+}
+
+
+sub fail_with_message
+{
+    print $_[0];
+    fail();
+}
+
+
+@options = ( [ "--debug", "\t\tadditional debug printings", \$debug_printings ] );
+
+@modes = ( [ "--help", "\t\tthis help screen", \&show_options ],
+	   [ "--set-security-share", "setup security = share, very useful because we would need otherwise smbpasswd", \&set_security_share ],
+	   [ "--set-hosts-allow=<..>", "setup which hosts are allowed to access; for example \"192.168.1. 127.\"", \&set_hosts_allow ],
+	   [ "--set-workgroup=<name>", "setup workgroup name", \&set_workgroup ],
+	   [ "--set-banner=<name>", "setup the \"server string\" banner of this smb server", \&set_banner ],
+	   [ "--remove-homes", "\tremove the default [homes] share (which needs the security=user)", \&remove_homes ],
+	   [ "--enable-public", "\tenable read-write share \"public\" at /home/local/samba-public", \&enable_corpo_public ],
+	   [ "--enable-printer-access", "setup access to printers of this machine", \&set_printer_access ] );
+
+
+
+sub read_conf
+{
+    open(FH, "+< /etc/samba/smb.conf") or fail_with_message("Could not open /etc/samba/smb.conf\n");
+    @conf = <FH> or fail_with_message("Could not read /etc/samba/smb.conf\n");
+    debug_print("/etc/samba/smb.conf read, #lines=".$#conf."\n");
+}
+
+sub write_conf
+{
+    debug_print("Will write /etc/samba/smb.conf, #lines=".$#conf."\n");
+    seek(FH, 0, 0) or fail_with_message("Could not seek in /etc/samba/smb.conf\n");
+    print FH @conf or fail_with_message("Could not write /etc/samba/smb.conf\n");
+    truncate(FH, tell(FH)) or fail_with_message("Could not truncate /etc/samba/smb.conf\n");
+    close(FH) or fail_with_message("Could not close /etc/samba/smb.conf\n");
+}
+
+# set_parameter: section param value
+sub set_parameter
+{
+    my $section = $_[0]; my $param = $_[1]; my $value = $_[2];
+    debug_print("Attempt to find section \"$section\", parameter \"$param\", and setup to \"$value\"\n");
+    my $i = 0;
+    ($i++ && (lc($_) =~ /^\s*\[$section\]/) && last) foreach (@conf);
+    while (1)
+    {
+	($i < $#conf) or ($conf[$i] = "$conf[$i]\n\n\t$param = $value") and last;
+	($conf[$i] =~ /^\s*\[\S+\]/) && ($conf[$i] = "\t$param = $value\n\n$conf[$i]") && last;
+	($conf[$i] =~ /^\s*$param\s*=/) && ($conf[$i] = "\t$param = $value\n") && last;
+	$i++;
+    }
+}
+
+sub enable_corpo_public
+{
+    system("mkdir -p /home/local/samba-public") && fail_with_message("Could not create public dir. Probably run as non-root..\n");
+    system("chown nobody /home/local/samba-public") && fail_with_message("Could not chown public dir to nobody. Requests admin help.\n");
+    my $i = 0;
+    ($i++ && (lc($_) =~ /^\s*\[public\]/) && fail_with_message("An active [public] section has been found in /etc/samba/smb.conf at line $i\n")) foreach (@conf);
+    push(@conf, ( "$banner"."[public]\n\tcomment = Public space with read-write access\n\tpath = /home/local/samba-public\n\tguest ok = yes\n\twriteable = yes\n" ));
+    $did_something = 1;
+}
+
+
+sub set_workgroup
+{
+    set_parameter("global", "workgroup", $_[0]);
+    $did_something = 1;
+}
+
+sub set_banner
+{
+    set_parameter("global", "server string", $_[0]);
+    $did_something = 1;
+}
+
+sub set_security_share
+{
+    set_parameter("global", "security", "share");
+    $did_something = 1;
+}
+
+sub set_hosts_allow
+{
+    set_parameter("global", "hosts allow", $_[0]);
+    $did_something = 1;
+}
+
+
+sub set_printer_access
+{
+    my $i = 0; my $found = 0;
+    # look for default section "printers"
+    ($i++ && (lc($_) =~ /^\s*\[printers\]/) && ($found = 1) && last) foreach (@conf);
+    ($found) && debug_print("Printer section found at line $i\n");
+    if ($found == 1)
+    {
+	$conf[$i-1] = ";".$conf[$i-1];
+	while ($i <= $#conf)
+	{
+	    (($conf[$i] =~ /^\s*\[\S+\]/) && last) || ($conf[$i] = ";".$conf[$i]);
+	    $i++;
+	}    
+	debug_print("End of printer section at line $i\n");
+    }
+    push(@conf, ( "$banner"."[printers]\n\tcomment = All Printers\n\tpath = /var/spool/samba\n\tbrowseable = no\n\tguest ok = yes\n\twritable = no\n\tprintable = yes\n" ));
+    $did_something = 1;
+}
+
+sub remove_homes
+{
+    my $i = 0; my $found = 0;
+    # look for default section "printers"
+    ($i++ && (lc($_) =~ /^\s*\[homes\]/) && ($found = 1) && last) foreach (@conf);
+    ($found) && debug_print("[homes] section found at line $i\n");
+    if ($found == 1)
+    {
+	$conf[$i-1] = ";".$conf[$i-1];
+	while ($i <= $#conf)
+	{
+	    (($conf[$i] =~ /^\s*\[\S+\]/) && last) || ($conf[$i] = ";".$conf[$i]);
+	    $i++;
+	}    
+	debug_print("End of [homes] section at line $i\n");
+    }
+    $did_something = 1;
+}
+
+
+sub show_options
+{
+    print "$program_name v$version helps auto-config of Samba.\n\n";
+
+    print "mode:\n";
+    print "\t".$_->[0]."\t\t".$_->[1]."\n" foreach (@modes);
+    print "options:\n";
+    print "\t".$_->[0]."\t\t".$_->[1]."\n" foreach (@options);
+    print "\n";
+    $did_something = 1;
+}
+
+
+sub arg_without_value
+{
+    $_[0] =~ /([^=]*)/;
+    return $1;
+}
+
+sub arg_value
+{
+    $_[0] =~ /([^=]*)=(.*)/;
+    return $2;
+}
+
+# Disable file buffering [to display strings on the tty even when no trailing \n is added]
+$| = 1;
+
+$date = `date`; chop $date;
+$host = `hostname`; chop $host;
+$banner = "\n### Autogenerated by $program_name at $date on host $host\n";
+
+$did_something = 0;
+
+
+foreach $arg (@ARGV)
+{
+    (($arg eq $_->[0]) && (${$_->[2]} = 1)) foreach (@options)
+}
+
+
+read_conf();
+
+foreach $arg (@ARGV)
+{
+    ((arg_without_value($arg) eq arg_without_value($_->[0])) && &{$_->[2]}(arg_value($arg))) foreach (@modes)
+}
+
+
+($did_something && write_conf()) || show_options();
+
+
+
+# Changelog
+#
+# 0.1.3
+#      remove smb.conf end of file bug
+#
+# 0.1.2
+#      added parameter support: hosts allow
+#
+# 0.1.1
+#      added parameter support: server string
+#      support multiple parameter sets at same time
+#      added parameter support: security = share
+#      added remove homes
+#
+# 0.1.0
+#      first version with configure for printers, public, workgroup
diff --git a/server_wizard/scripts/check_config.sh b/server_wizard/scripts/check_config.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..f44bd42c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/server_wizard/scripts/check_config.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard basic network configuration
+#
+# checking if the provided domain value is correct :
+# strip the @, need at least a dot
+
+echo_debug "$(date) begin $0"
+
+fic=/etc/sysconfig/mdk_serv
+if [ ! -f "$fic" ] ;then
+	. /etc/sysconfig/network
+	echo_debug "${HOSTNAME}" 
+	echo_debug "${DOMAINNAME}" 
+	echo -e "\
+# mdk server basic info   $(date)\n\
+mdk_serv_version=1.0\n\
+wiz_device=eth0\n\
+wiz_host_name=${HOSTNAME}\n\
+wiz_domain_name=${DOMAINNAME}\n\
+" > ${fic}
+
+fi
+	echo_debug "${wiz_device}" 
+	echo_debug "${wiz_host_name}" 
+	echo_debug "${wiz_domain_name}" 
+exit 1
diff --git a/server_wizard/scripts/check_domain.sh b/server_wizard/scripts/check_domain.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..4575b069
--- /dev/null
+++ b/server_wizard/scripts/check_domain.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard basic network configuration
+#
+# checking if the provided domain value is correct :
+# strip the @, need at least a dot
+
+echo_debug "$(date) begin $0"
+
+if [ -z "${wiz_host_name}" ] ;then
+	echo_debug "wiz_host_name is empty, should not."
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+
+test=`echo ${wiz_host_name##*@} |sed -e 's/[^0-9a-zA-Z-\.]//g'|sed -n -e's/^[^.]*\.\(.*\)$/\1/p'|grep "\."`
+
+htest=`echo ${wiz_host_name##*@} |sed -e 's/[^0-9a-zA-Z-\.]//g'|sed -n -e's/^\([^.]*\)\..*$/\1/p'`
+
+echo_debug "test of host : ${htest}"
+
+if [ -z "${htest}" ] ;then 
+	echo_debug "host empty, should not."
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+echo_debug "test of domain : ${test}"
+
+if [ -z "${test}" ] ;then 
+	echo_debug "domain empty, should not."
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+# all seems to be ok
+exit 10
+
diff --git a/server_wizard/scripts/check_network.sh b/server_wizard/scripts/check_network.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..6533dbb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/server_wizard/scripts/check_network.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard basic network configuration
+#
+# assuming :
+#  - C class network, mask 255.255.255.0
+#
+# checking if the provided network address is correct
+
+echo_debug "$(date) begin $0"
+# ip is tested as ip=a.b.c.d
+
+a=`echo ${wiz_ip_net}|sed -n -e 's/^\([0-9]\{1,3\}\)\..*$/\1/p'`
+b=`echo ${wiz_ip_net}|sed -n -e 's/^[0-9]\{1,3\}\.\([0-9]\{1,3\}\)\..*$/\1/p'`
+c=`echo ${wiz_ip_net}|sed -n -e 's/^[0-9]\{1,3\}\.[0-9]\{1,3\}\.\([0-9]\{1,3\}\)\..*$/\1/p'`
+d=`echo ${wiz_ip_net}|sed -n -e 's/^.*\.\([0-9]\{1,3\}\)$/\1/p'`
+
+echo_debug "ip -$a-$b-$c-$d-"
+
+if [ -z "$a" -o -z "$b" -o -z "$c" -o -z "$d" ]; then
+	echo_debug "incomplete ip"
+	exit 1
+fi 
+
+if [ $a -gt 255 -o $b -gt 255 -o $c -gt 255 -o $d -ne 0 ]; then
+	echo_debug "not a network ip"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+
+# all seems to be ok
+exit 10
diff --git a/server_wizard/scripts/check_server_ip.sh b/server_wizard/scripts/check_server_ip.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..1b98fee0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/server_wizard/scripts/check_server_ip.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard basic network configuration
+#
+# assuming :
+#  - C class network, mask 255.255.255.0
+#
+# checking if the provided server address is correct (belongs to network...)
+
+echo_debug "$(date) begin $0"
+#truncating addresses
+n_trunc=${wiz_ip_net%.*}
+s_trunc=${wiz_ip_server%.*}
+d=${wiz_ip_server##*.}
+
+
+echo_debug "_${wiz_ip_net}_ _${wiz_ip_server}_ ${s_trunc} $d"
+
+if [ -z "${s_trunc}" ]; then
+	echo_debug "incorrect address"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+if [ "${s_trunc}" != "${n_trunc}" ]; then
+	echo_debug "server not in network"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+if [ -z "$d" ]; then
+	echo_debug "not a server ip"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+if [ $d -gt 254 -o $d -lt 1 ]; then
+	echo_debug "not a server ip"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+
+# all seems to be ok
+exit 10
+
diff --git a/server_wizard/scripts/compute_domain.sh b/server_wizard/scripts/compute_domain.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..18bf2b76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/server_wizard/scripts/compute_domain.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard basic network configuration
+#
+# return on stdout the domain name (computed from hostname)
+
+echo_debug "$(date) begin $0"
+test=`echo ${wiz_host_name##*@}|sed -e 's/[^0-9a-zA-Z-\.]//g'|sed -n -e's/^[^.]*\.\(.*\)$/\1/p'`
+
+echo_debug "computed domain: ${test}"
+
+echo ${test}
+
+exit 0
+
diff --git a/server_wizard/scripts/compute_ipnet.sh b/server_wizard/scripts/compute_ipnet.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..98387e58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/server_wizard/scripts/compute_ipnet.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard basic network configuration
+#
+# return on stdout the default value for server ip address
+
+echo_debug "$(date) begin $0"
+echo_debug "$wiz_device"
+
+nfile="/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-${wiz_device}"
+t=`get_val ${nfile} NETWORK`
+if [ -z "$t" ]; then
+    echo ${wiz_ip_net}
+else
+    echo "$t"
+fi
+
+echo_debug "net adr : ${t}"
+
+exit 0
+
diff --git a/server_wizard/scripts/compute_server_ip.sh b/server_wizard/scripts/compute_server_ip.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..c16c9a80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/server_wizard/scripts/compute_server_ip.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard basic network configuration
+#
+# return on stdout the default value for server ip address
+
+echo_debug "$(date) begin $0"
+
+adr="${wiz_ip_net%.*}.1"
+
+echo_debug "serv adr : ${adr}"
+
+echo ${adr}
+
+exit 0
+
diff --git a/server_wizard/scripts/do_it_last.sh b/server_wizard/scripts/do_it_last.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..479be201
--- /dev/null
+++ b/server_wizard/scripts/do_it_last.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard network configuration
+#
+# restarting all services
+
+# putting a few infos in /etc/sysconfig/mdk_serv file
+
+echo_debug "$(date) begin $0"
+fic=/etc/sysconfig/mdk_serv
+
+bck_file ${fic}
+
+echo_debug "saving server basic info"
+
+echo -e "\
+# mdk server basic info   $(date)\n\
+mdk_serv_version=1.0\n\
+wiz_device=${wiz_device}\n\
+wiz_host_name=${wiz_host_name}\n\
+wiz_domain_name=${wiz_domain_name}\n\
+" > ${fic}
+
+
+# all is ok
+exit 10
diff --git a/server_wizard/scripts/do_it_net.sh b/server_wizard/scripts/do_it_net.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..839dda54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/server_wizard/scripts/do_it_net.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard network configuration
+#
+# install default for network
+# change files : 
+#  /etc/sysconfig/network
+#  /etc/sysconfig/network-cripts/ifcfg-ethx
+#  /etc/hosts
+#  /etc/HOSTNAME
+#
+
+echo_debug "$(date) begin $0"
+
+if [ ! -f /etc/sysconfig/network ]; then
+	[ -d /etc/sysconfig ] || exit 1
+	echo_debug "warning, no network file"
+	echo "# warning, this file was not create during install $(date)"\
+	> /etc/sysconfig/network
+fi
+
+bck_file /etc/sysconfig/network
+
+# first loading values
+. /etc/sysconfig/network
+
+# default value for netmask
+export wiz_ip_netmask=255.255.255.0
+
+# configuring /etc/sysconfig/network
+
+if [ "${FORWARD_IPV4}" = "false" ]; then
+  echo_debug "putting FORWARD_IPV4 to \"yes\""
+  chg_val /etc/sysconfig/network FORWARD_IPV4 yes
+fi
+
+if [ "${HOSTNAME}" != "${wiz_host_name}" ]; then
+  echo_debug "changing hostname from ${HOSTNAME} to ${wiz_host_name}"
+  chg_val /etc/sysconfig/network HOSTNAME ${wiz_host_name}  
+fi
+
+if [ "${DOMAINNAME}" != "${wiz_domain_name}" ]; then
+  echo_debug "changing domain name from ${DOMAINNAME} to ${wiz_domain_name}"
+  chg_val /etc/sysconfig/network DOMAINNAME ${wiz_domain_name}
+fi
+
+if [ "${NETWORKING}" != "yes" ]; then 
+    echo_debug "WARNING, NETWORKING was ${NETWORKING}"
+    chg_val /etc/sysconfig/network NETWORKING yes
+fi
+
+if [ "${GATEWAYDEV}" != "${wiz_extn_device}" ]; then
+  echo_debug "changing GATEWAYDEV name from ${GATEWAYDEV} to ${wiz_extn_device}"
+  chg_val /etc/sysconfig/network GATEWAYDEV ${wiz_extn_device}
+fi
+
+if [ "${GATEWAY}" != "${wiz_extn_gateway}" ]; then
+  echo_debug "changing GATEWAY name from ${GATEWAY} to ${wiz_extn_gateway}"
+  chg_val /etc/sysconfig/network GATEWAY ${wiz_extn_gateway}
+fi
+
+
+# now reloading
+echo_debug "reloading net params"
+. /etc/sysconfig/network
+
+# configuring /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/.
+file="/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-${wiz_device}"
+
+if [ -f ${file} ]; then
+    echo_debug "WARNING ${file} already exists, saved."
+    bck_file ${file}
+    oldip=`get_val ${file} IPADDR`
+else
+    oldip=""
+    touch ${file}
+fi
+
+
+echo_debug "starting chg_val sequence"
+
+chg_val ${file} DEVICE "${wiz_device}"
+chg_val ${file} BOOTPROTO none
+chg_val ${file} IPADDR "${wiz_ip_server}"
+# by default, just accept ../24 network :
+chg_val ${file} NETMASK "${wiz_ip_netmask}"
+chg_val ${file} NETWORK "${wiz_ip_net}"
+chg_val ${file} BROADCAST "${wiz_ip_net%.*}.255"
+chg_val ${file} ONBOOT yes
+chg_val ${file} IPXNETNUM_802_2 ""
+chg_val ${file} IPXPRIMARY_802_2 no
+chg_val ${file} IPXACTIVE_802_2 no
+chg_val ${file} IPXNETNUM_802_3 ""
+chg_val ${file} IPXPRIMARY_802_3 no
+chg_val ${file} IPXACTIVE_802_3 no
+chg_val ${file} IPXNETNUM_ETHERII ""
+chg_val ${file} IPXPRIMARY_ETHERII no
+chg_val ${file} IPXACTIVE_ETHERII no
+chg_val ${file} IPXNETNUM_SNAP ""
+chg_val ${file} IPXPRIMARY_SNAP no
+chg_val ${file} IPXACTIVE_SNAP no
+
+echo_debug "chg_val sequence ended"
+
+#loading new values
+. ${file}
+
+
+# now setup of /etc/hosts
+#
+# <warning> all this assumes that ip address of server is hard coded
+# in /etc/hosts, which may be wrong in some situations
+#
+
+
+
+# first, storing new hostname (/etc/sysconfig/network has been reloaded)
+bck_file /etc/HOSTNAME
+echo ${HOSTNAME} > /etc/HOSTNAME
+hostname ${HOSTNAME}
+echo_debug "done hostname"
+
+hostalias=`echo ${HOSTNAME} |sed -e 's|^\([^.]*\)\..*$|\1|'`
+
+# replacing . by \. for use in sed command
+chgipaddr=`echo ${IPADDR} |sed -e 's/\./\\./g'`
+
+TMPFILE=`mktemp /tmp/temp.XXXXXX` || exit 1
+TMPFIL2=`mktemp /tmp/temp.XXXXXX` || exit 1
+cat /etc/hosts > ${TMPFILE}
+bck_file /etc/hosts
+#cp -f /etc/hosts /var/tmp/wiz_bck/orig/
+
+cat ${TMPFILE}|sed -e '/^[[:space:]]*'"${chgipaddr}"'[[:space:]]\{1,\}.*$/{
+i \
+# removed by mdk_serv script on '"$(date)"'
+s//#&/
+a \
+'"${IPADDR}     ${HOSTNAME}   ${hostalias}"'
+}
+' > ${TMPFIL2}
+
+if [ -z "`grep -E "^[[:space:]]*${chipaddr}[[:space:]]+" ${TMPFIL2}`" ]; then
+    echo "${IPADDR}      ${HOSTNAME}   ${hostalias}" >> ${TMPFIL2}
+fi
+
+
+
+if [ -n "${oldip}" -a "${oldip}" != "${IPADDR}" ]; then
+    chgoldip=`echo ${oldip} |sed -e 's/\./\\./g'`
+    cat ${TMPFIL2}|sed -e '/^[[:space:]]*'"${chgoldip}"'[[:space:]]\{1,\}.*$/{
+i \
+# removed by mdk_serv script on '"$(date)"'
+s//#&/
+}
+' > /etc/hosts
+else
+   cat ${TMPFIL2} > /etc/hosts
+fi
+
+rm -f ${TMPFIL2}
+rm -f ${TMPFILE}
+
+echo_debug "done /etc/hosts"
+
+
+
+#
+# </warning> see above
+#
+
+# storing network values in /etc/sysconfig/mdk_serv
+echo_debug "storing network values"
+${CWD}/scripts/do_it_last.sh
+
+# restarting network
+echo_debug "restarting network"
+/etc/rc.d/init.d/network stop
+/etc/rc.d/init.d/network start
+echo_debug "done restarting network"
+
+# all is ok
+exit 10
+
diff --git a/server_wizard/scripts/liste_device.sh b/server_wizard/scripts/liste_device.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..0f830728
--- /dev/null
+++ b/server_wizard/scripts/liste_device.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard basic network configuration
+#
+# return on stdout the list of allowed devices for network interfaces
+
+# this script should be improved (use of detect)
+
+liste=""
+
+liste=$liste"`ifconfig -a | awk ' /^eth/ { print $1"\n"$1, $4,":",$5 } '`\n"
+
+# display only configured device
+#for i in 0 1 2 3 ;do
+#   liste=${liste}"eth$i\nethernet adapter \
+#   `ifconfig -a | grep eth$i| sed -n -e '1{s/.*HWaddr \(.*\)$/\1/p;}'`\n"
+
+#   liste=${liste}"eth$i\neth$i \
+#   `dmesg | grep eth$i| sed -n -e '1{s/^[^:]*: *\(.*\)$/\1/p;}'`\n"
+#done
+
+echo -ne "${liste}"
+
+exit 0
+
diff --git a/server_wizard/scripts/set_ip.sh b/server_wizard/scripts/set_ip.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..e5787e95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/server_wizard/scripts/set_ip.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard basic network configuration
+#
+# assuming :
+#  - C class network, mask 255.255.255.0
+#
+# checking if the provided network address is correct
+
+# ip is tested as ip=a.b.c.d
+
+echo_debug "$(date) begin $0"
+echo_debug "$wiz_device"
+file=/etc/sysconfig/mdk_serv
+bck_file ${file}
+chg_val ${file} wiz_device ${wiz_device}
+exit 1
diff --git a/server_wizard/scripts/test.pl b/server_wizard/scripts/test.pl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f1c7c1da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/server_wizard/scripts/test.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+use Serverconf;
+
+Serverconf::do_it();
diff --git a/server_wizard/scripts/test.sh b/server_wizard/scripts/test.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..dabc4f38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/server_wizard/scripts/test.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+
+#if [ -n "${oldip}" -a "${oldip}" != "${IPADDR}" ]; then
+if [ -f "/etc/motd" -a "${oldip}" != "${IPADDR}" ]; then
+echo "toto\n"
+fi
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/web_wizard/scripts/commonhttpd.conf b/web_wizard/scripts/commonhttpd.conf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7a746686
--- /dev/null
+++ b/web_wizard/scripts/commonhttpd.conf
@@ -0,0 +1,765 @@
+### Common server configuration
+#
+User apache
+Group apache
+
+#
+# ServerAdmin: Your address, where problems with the server should be
+# e-mailed.  This address appears on some server-generated pages, such
+# as error documents.
+#
+ServerAdmin root@localhost
+
+# DocumentRoot: The directory out of which you will serve your
+# documents. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but
+# symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations.
+# DO NOT MODIFY THIS ONE, USE httpd.conf and httpd-perl.conf
+#DocumentRoot /var/www/html
+
+
+#
+# Each directory to which Apache has access, can be configured with respect
+# to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that
+# directory (and its subdirectories). 
+#
+# First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of 
+# permissions.  
+#
+# Also, for security, we disable indexes globally
+#
+#<Directory />
+#    Options -Indexes FollowSymLinks
+#    AllowOverride None
+#</Directory>
+
+#Restricted set of options 
+<Directory />
+  Options -All -Multiviews
+  AllowOverride None
+  Order deny,allow
+  Deny from all
+</Directory>
+
+
+#
+# Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow
+# particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as
+# you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it
+# below.
+#
+
+
+#
+# UserDir: The name of the directory which is appended onto a user's home
+# directory if a ~user request is received.
+#
+<IfModule mod_userdir.c>
+    UserDir public_html
+</IfModule>
+
+    
+#
+# DirectoryIndex: Name of the file or files to use as a pre-written HTML
+# directory index.  Separate multiple entries with spaces.
+#
+<IfModule mod_dir.c>
+    DirectoryIndex index.html index.php index.php3 index.shtml index.cgi index.pl index.htm Default.htm default.htm
+</IfModule>
+
+#
+# AccessFileName: The name of the file to look for in each directory
+# for access control information.
+#
+AccessFileName .htaccess
+
+#
+# The following lines prevent .htaccess files from being viewed by
+# Web clients.  Since .htaccess files often contain authorization
+# information, access is disallowed for security reasons.  Comment
+# these lines out if you want Web visitors to see the contents of
+# .htaccess files.  If you change the AccessFileName directive above,
+# be sure to make the corresponding changes here.
+#
+# Also, folks tend to use names such as .htpasswd for password
+# files, so this will protect those as well.
+#
+<Files ~ "^\.ht">
+    Order allow,deny
+    Deny from all
+</Files>
+
+#
+# CacheNegotiatedDocs: By default, Apache sends "Pragma: no-cache" with each
+# document that was negotiated on the basis of content. This asks proxy
+# servers not to cache the document. Uncommenting the following line disables
+# this behavior, and proxies will be allowed to cache the documents.
+#
+#CacheNegotiatedDocs
+
+#
+# UseCanonicalName:  (new for 1.3)  With this setting turned on, whenever
+# Apache needs to construct a self-referencing URL (a URL that refers back
+# to the server the response is coming from) it will use ServerName and
+# Port to form a "canonical" name.  With this setting off, Apache will
+# use the hostname:port that the client supplied, when possible.  This
+# also affects SERVER_NAME and SERVER_PORT in CGI scripts.
+#
+UseCanonicalName On
+
+#
+# TypesConfig describes where the mime.types file (or equivalent) is
+# to be found.
+#
+<IfModule mod_mime.c>
+    TypesConfig conf/apache-mime.types
+</IfModule>
+
+#
+# DefaultType is the default MIME type the server will use for a document
+# if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions.
+# If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is
+# a good value.  If most of your content is binary, such as applications
+# or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to
+# keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are
+# text.
+#
+DefaultType text/plain
+
+#
+# The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the
+# contents of the file itself to determine its type.  The MIMEMagicFile
+# directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located.
+# mod_mime_magic is not part of the default server (you have to add
+# it yourself with a LoadModule [see the DSO paragraph in the 'Global
+# Environment' section], or recompile the server and include mod_mime_magic
+# as part of the configuration), so it's enclosed in an <IfModule> container.
+# This means that the MIMEMagicFile directive will only be processed if the
+# module is part of the server.
+#
+<IfModule mod_mime_magic.c>
+    MIMEMagicFile conf/magic
+</IfModule>
+
+#
+# HostnameLookups: Log the names of clients or just their IP addresses
+# e.g., www.apache.org (on) or 204.62.129.132 (off).
+# The default is off because it'd be overall better for the net if people
+# had to knowingly turn this feature on, since enabling it means that
+# each client request will result in AT LEAST one lookup request to the
+# nameserver.
+#
+HostnameLookups Off
+
+# The following directives define some format nicknames for use with
+# a CustomLog directive (see below).
+#
+LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined
+LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common
+LogFormat "%{Referer}i -> %U" referer
+LogFormat "%{User-agent}i" agent
+LogFormat "%v %h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b %T" script
+LogFormat "%v %h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" VLOG=%{VLOG}e" vhost
+
+#
+# The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format).
+#CustomLog logs/access_log common
+
+#
+# If you would like to have agent and referer logfiles, uncomment the
+# following directives.
+#
+#CustomLog logs/referer_log referer
+#CustomLog logs/agent_log agent
+
+#
+# If you prefer a single logfile with access, agent, and referer information
+# (Combined Logfile Format) you can use the following directive.
+#
+#CustomLog logs/access_log combined
+
+#
+# Optionally add a line containing the server version and virtual host
+# name to server-generated pages (error documents, FTP directory listings,
+# mod_status and mod_info output etc., but not CGI generated documents).
+# Set to "EMail" to also include a mailto: link to the ServerAdmin.
+# Set to one of:  On | Off | EMail
+#
+ServerSignature On
+
+#
+# Aliases: Add here as many aliases as you need (with no limit). The format is 
+# Alias fakename realname
+#
+<IfModule mod_alias.c>
+
+    #
+    # Note that if you include a trailing / on fakename then the server will
+    # require it to be present in the URL.  So "/icons" isn't aliased in this
+    # example, only "/icons/"..
+    #
+    Alias /icons/ /var/www/icons/
+    Alias /doc /usr/share/doc
+
+
+    #
+    # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts.
+    # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that
+    # documents in the realname directory are treated as applications and
+    # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the client.
+    # The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias directives as to
+    # Alias.
+    #
+    ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ /var/www/cgi-bin/
+    ScriptAlias /protected-cgi-bin/ /var/www/protected-cgi-bin/
+
+    <IfModule mod_perl.c>
+	#Provide two aliases to the same cgi-bin directory,
+	#to see the effects of the 2 different mod_perl modes
+	#for Apache::Registry Mode
+	Alias /perl/ /var/www/perl/
+	#for Apache::Perlrun Mode
+	Alias /cgi-perl/ /var/www/perl/
+    </IfModule>
+
+
+</IfModule>
+# End of aliases.
+
+#
+# Redirect allows you to tell clients about documents which used to exist in
+# your server's namespace, but do not anymore. This allows you to tell the
+# clients where to look for the relocated document.
+# Format: Redirect old-URI new-URL
+#
+
+#
+# Directives controlling the display of server-generated directory listings.
+#
+<IfModule mod_autoindex.c>
+
+    #
+    # FancyIndexing is whether you want fancy directory indexing or standard
+    #
+    IndexOptions FancyIndexing
+
+    #
+    # AddIcon* directives tell the server which icon to show for different
+    # files or filename extensions.  These are only displayed for
+    # FancyIndexed directories.
+    #
+    AddIconByEncoding (CMP,/icons/compressed.gif) x-compress x-gzip
+
+    AddIconByType (TXT,/icons/text.gif) text/*
+    AddIconByType (IMG,/icons/image2.gif) image/*
+    AddIconByType (SND,/icons/sound2.gif) audio/*
+    AddIconByType (VID,/icons/movie.gif) video/*
+
+    AddIcon /icons/binary.gif .bin .exe
+    AddIcon /icons/binhex.gif .hqx
+    AddIcon /icons/tar.gif .tar
+    AddIcon /icons/world2.gif .wrl .wrl.gz .vrml .vrm .iv
+    AddIcon /icons/compressed.gif .Z .z .tgz .gz .zip .bz2
+    AddIcon /icons/a.gif .ps .ai .eps
+    AddIcon /icons/layout.gif .html .shtml .htm .pdf
+    AddIcon /icons/text.gif .txt
+    AddIcon /icons/c.gif .c
+    AddIcon /icons/p.gif .pl .py .php .php3
+    AddIcon /icons/f.gif .for
+    AddIcon /icons/dvi.gif .dvi
+    AddIcon /icons/uuencoded.gif .uu
+    AddIcon /icons/script.gif .conf .sh .shar .csh .ksh .tcl
+    AddIcon /icons/tex.gif .tex
+    AddIcon /icons/bomb.gif core
+
+    AddIcon /icons/back.gif ..
+    AddIcon /icons/hand.right.gif README
+    AddIcon /icons/folder.gif ^^DIRECTORY^^
+    AddIcon /icons/blank.gif ^^BLANKICON^^
+
+    #
+    # DefaultIcon is which icon to show for files which do not have an icon
+    # explicitly set.
+    #
+    DefaultIcon /icons/unknown.gif
+
+    #
+    # AddDescription allows you to place a short description after a file in
+    # server-generated indexes.  These are only displayed for FancyIndexed
+    # directories.
+    # Format: AddDescription "description" filename
+    #
+    #AddDescription "GZIP compressed document" .gz
+    #AddDescription "tar archive" .tar
+    #AddDescription "GZIP compressed tar archive" .tgz
+
+    #
+    # ReadmeName is the name of the README file the server will look for by
+    # default, and append to directory listings.
+    #
+    # HeaderName is the name of a file which should be prepended to
+    # directory indexes. 
+    #
+    # If MultiViews are amongst the Options in effect, the server will
+    # first look for name.html and include it if found.  If name.html
+    # doesn't exist, the server will then look for name.txt and include
+    # it as plaintext if found.
+    #
+    ReadmeName README
+    HeaderName HEADER
+
+    #
+    # IndexIgnore is a set of filenames which directory indexing should ignore
+    # and not include in the listing.  Shell-style wildcarding is permitted.
+    #
+    IndexIgnore .??* *~ *# HEADER* RCS CVS *,v *,t
+
+</IfModule>
+# End of indexing directives.
+
+#
+# Document types.
+#
+<IfModule mod_mime.c>
+
+    #
+    # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers (Mosaic/X 2.1+) uncompress
+    # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this.
+    # Despite the name similarity, the following Add* directives have nothing
+    # to do with the FancyIndexing customization directives above.
+    #
+    AddEncoding x-compress Z
+    AddEncoding x-gzip gz tgz
+
+    #
+    # AddLanguage allows you to specify the language of a document. You can
+    # then use content negotiation to give a browser a file in a language
+    # it can understand.  
+    #
+    # Note 1: The suffix does not have to be the same as the language 
+    # keyword --- those with documents in Polish (whose net-standard 
+    # language code is pl) may wish to use "AddLanguage pl .po" to 
+    # avoid the ambiguity with the common suffix for perl scripts.
+    #
+    # Note 2: The example entries below illustrate that in quite
+    # some cases the two character 'Language' abbreviation is not
+    # identical to the two character 'Country' code for its country,
+    # E.g. 'Danmark/dk' versus 'Danish/da'.
+    #
+    # Note 3: In the case of 'ltz' we violate the RFC by using a three char 
+    # specifier. But there is 'work in progress' to fix this and get 
+    # the reference data for rfc1766 cleaned up.
+    #
+    # Danish (da) - Dutch (nl) - English (en) - Estonian (ee)
+    # French (fr) - German (de) - Greek-Modern (el)
+    # Italian (it) - Korean (kr) - Norwegian (no)
+    # Portugese (pt) - Luxembourgeois* (ltz)
+    # Spanish (es) - Swedish (sv) - Catalan (ca) - Czech(cz)
+    # Polish (pl) - Brazilian Portuguese (pt-br) - Japanese (ja)
+    # Russian (ru)
+    #
+    AddLanguage da .dk
+    AddLanguage nl .nl
+    AddLanguage en .en
+    AddLanguage et .ee
+    AddLanguage fr .fr
+    AddLanguage de .de
+    AddLanguage el .el
+    AddLanguage he .he
+    AddCharset ISO-8859-8 .iso8859-8
+    AddLanguage it .it
+    AddLanguage ja .ja
+    AddCharset ISO-2022-JP .jis
+    AddLanguage kr .kr
+    AddCharset ISO-2022-KR .iso-kr
+    AddLanguage no .no
+    AddLanguage pl .po
+    AddCharset ISO-8859-2 .iso-pl
+    AddLanguage pt .pt
+    AddLanguage pt-br .pt-br
+    AddLanguage ltz .lu
+    AddLanguage ca .ca
+    AddLanguage es .es
+    AddLanguage sv .se
+    AddLanguage cz .cz
+    AddLanguage ru .ru
+    AddLanguage zh-tw .tw
+    AddLanguage tw .tw
+    AddCharset Big5         .Big5    .big5
+    AddCharset WINDOWS-1251 .cp-1251
+    AddCharset CP866        .cp866
+    AddCharset ISO-8859-5   .iso-ru
+    AddCharset KOI8-R       .koi8-r
+    AddCharset UCS-2        .ucs2
+    AddCharset UCS-4        .ucs4
+    AddCharset UTF-8        .utf8
+
+    # LanguagePriority allows you to give precedence to some languages
+    # in case of a tie during content negotiation.
+    #
+    # Just list the languages in decreasing order of preference. We have
+    # more or less alphabetized them here. You probably want to change this.
+    #
+    <IfModule mod_negotiation.c>
+        LanguagePriority en fr de es it da nl et el ja kr no pl pt pt-br ru ltz ca sv tw
+    </IfModule>
+
+    #
+    # AddType allows you to tweak mime.types without actually editing it, or to
+    # make certain files to be certain types.
+    #
+    # For example, the PHP 3.x module (not part of the Apache distribution - see
+    # http://www.php.net) will typically use:
+    #
+    #AddType application/x-httpd-php3 .php3
+    #AddType application/x-httpd-php3-source .phps
+    #
+    # And for PHP 4.x, use:
+    #
+    #AddType application/x-httpd-php .php
+    #AddType application/x-httpd-php-source .phps
+
+    AddType application/x-tar .tgz
+
+    #
+    # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers",
+    # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server
+    # or added with the Action command (see below)
+    #
+    # If you want to use server side includes, or CGI outside
+    # ScriptAliased directories, uncomment the following lines.
+    #
+    # To use CGI scripts:
+    #
+    AddHandler cgi-script .cgi
+
+    #
+    # To use server-parsed HTML files
+    #
+    AddType text/html .shtml
+    AddHandler server-parsed .shtml
+
+    #
+    # Uncomment the following line to enable Apache's send-asis HTTP file
+    # feature
+    #
+    #AddHandler send-as-is asis
+
+    #
+    # If you wish to use server-parsed imagemap files, use
+    #
+    AddHandler imap-file map
+
+    #
+    # To enable type maps, you might want to use
+    #
+    #AddHandler type-map var
+
+</IfModule>
+# End of document types.
+
+#
+# Action lets you define media types that will execute a script whenever
+# a matching file is called. This eliminates the need for repeated URL
+# pathnames for oft-used CGI file processors.
+# Format: Action media/type /cgi-script/location
+# Format: Action handler-name /cgi-script/location
+#
+
+#
+# MetaDir: specifies the name of the directory in which Apache can find
+# meta information files. These files contain additional HTTP headers
+# to include when sending the document
+#
+#MetaDir .web
+
+#
+# MetaSuffix: specifies the file name suffix for the file containing the
+# meta information.
+#
+#MetaSuffix .meta
+
+#
+# Customizable error response (Apache style)
+#  these come in three flavors
+#
+#    1) plain text
+#ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo.
+#  n.b.  the single leading (") marks it as text, it does not get output
+#
+#    2) local redirects
+#ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html
+#  to redirect to local URL /missing.html
+#ErrorDocument 404 /cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl
+#  N.B.: You can redirect to a script or a document using server-side-includes.
+#
+#    3) external redirects
+#ErrorDocument 402 http://some.other_server.com/subscription_info.html
+#  N.B.: Many of the environment variables associated with the original
+#  request will *not* be available to such a script.
+
+<Location /manual>
+Options Multiviews
+ErrorDocument 404 "The document you requested has not been installed on your system. Please install the apache-manual package.
+</Location>
+
+
+#
+# Customize behaviour based on the browser
+#
+<IfModule mod_setenvif.c>
+
+    #
+    # The following directives modify normal HTTP response behavior.
+    # The first directive disables keepalive for Netscape 2.x and browsers that
+    # spoof it. There are known problems with these browser implementations.
+    # The second directive is for Microsoft Internet Explorer 4.0b2
+    # which has a broken HTTP/1.1 implementation and does not properly
+    # support keepalive when it is used on 301 or 302 (redirect) responses.
+    #
+    BrowserMatch "Mozilla/2" nokeepalive
+    BrowserMatch "MSIE 4\.0b2;" nokeepalive downgrade-1.0 force-response-1.0
+
+    #
+    # The following directive disables HTTP/1.1 responses to browsers which
+    # are in violation of the HTTP/1.0 spec by not being able to grok a
+    # basic 1.1 response.
+    #
+    BrowserMatch "RealPlayer 4\.0" force-response-1.0
+    BrowserMatch "Java/1\.0" force-response-1.0
+    BrowserMatch "JDK/1\.0" force-response-1.0
+
+</IfModule>
+# End of browser customization directives
+
+#
+# Allow server status reports, with the URL of http://servername/server-status
+# Change the ".your_domain.com" to match your domain to enable.
+#
+<IfModule mod_status.c>
+    <Location /server-status>
+        SetHandler server-status
+        Order deny,allow
+        Deny from all
+        allow from 127.0.0.1
+        #Allow from .your_domain.com
+    </Location>
+#
+# ExtendedStatus controls whether Apache will generate "full" status
+# information (ExtendedStatus On) or just basic information (ExtendedStatus
+# Off) when the "server-status" handler is called. The default is Off.
+#
+#ExtendedStatus On
+</IfModule>
+
+#
+# Allow remote server configuration reports, with the URL of
+# http://servername/server-info (requires that mod_info.c be loaded).
+# Change the ".your_domain.com" to match your domain to enable.
+#
+<IfModule mod_info.c>
+    <Location /server-info>
+	SetHandler server-info
+	Order deny,allow
+	Deny from all
+	Allow from .your_domain.com
+    </Location>
+</IfModule>
+
+<IfModule mod_perl.c>
+    <Location /perl-status>
+	SetHandler perl-script
+	PerlHandler Apache::Status
+	Order deny,allow
+	Deny from all
+	Allow from 127.0.0.1
+    </Location>
+</IfModule>
+
+#
+# There have been reports of people trying to abuse an old bug from pre-1.1
+# days.  This bug involved a CGI script distributed as a part of Apache.
+# By uncommenting these lines you can redirect these attacks to a logging 
+# script on phf.apache.org.  Or, you can record them yourself, using the script
+# support/phf_abuse_log.cgi.
+#
+#<Location /cgi-bin/phf*>
+#    Deny from all
+#    ErrorDocument 403 http://phf.apache.org/phf_abuse_log.cgi
+#</Location>
+
+#
+# Proxy Server directives. Uncomment the following lines to
+# enable the proxy server:
+#
+#<IfModule mod_proxy.c>
+#    ProxyRequests On
+
+#    <Directory proxy:*>
+#        Order deny,allow
+#        Deny from all
+#        Allow from .your_domain.com
+#    </Directory>
+
+    #
+    # Enable/disable the handling of HTTP/1.1 "Via:" headers.
+    # ("Full" adds the server version; "Block" removes all outgoing Via: headers)
+    # Set to one of: Off | On | Full | Block
+    #
+#    ProxyVia On
+
+    #
+    # To enable the cache as well, edit and uncomment the following lines:
+    # (no cacheing without CacheRoot)
+    #
+#    CacheRoot /var/cache/httpd
+#    CacheSize 5
+#    CacheGcInterval 4
+#    CacheMaxExpire 24
+#    CacheLastModifiedFactor 0.1
+#    CacheDefaultExpire 1
+#    NoCache a_domain.com another_domain.edu joes.garage_sale.com
+
+#</IfModule>
+# End of proxy directives.
+
+<IfModule mod_dav.c>
+#    DavLockDB /var/lock/DAVLock
+</IfModule>
+
+<IfModule mod_include.c>
+#    XBitHack on
+</IfModule>
+
+
+#
+# This should be changed to whatever you set DocumentRoot to.
+#
+<Directory /var/www/html>
+
+#
+# This may also be "None", "All", or any combination of "Indexes",
+# "Includes", "FollowSymLinks", "ExecCGI", or "MultiViews".
+#
+# Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All"
+# doesn't give it to you.
+#
+    Options -Indexes FollowSymLinks MultiViews
+
+#
+# This controls which options the .htaccess files in directories can
+# override. Can also be "All", or any combination of "Options", "FileInfo", 
+# "AuthConfig", and "Limit"
+#
+    AllowOverride All
+
+#
+# Controls who can get stuff from this server.
+#
+    Order allow,deny
+    Allow from all
+</Directory>
+
+<Directory /var/www/perl>
+    AllowOverride All
+    Options -Indexes FollowSymLinks MultiViews ExecCGI
+    Order allow,deny
+    Allow from all
+</Directory>
+
+<Directory /var/www/cgi-bin>
+    AllowOverride All
+    Options ExecCGI
+</Directory>
+
+<Directory /var/www/protected-cgi-bin>
+    AllowOverride None
+    Options ExecCGI
+    Order deny,allow
+    Deny from all
+    Allow from 127.0.0.1
+    #allow from .your_domain.com
+</Directory>
+
+#
+# Control access to UserDir directories.  The following is an example
+# for a site where these directories are restricted to read-only.
+#
+#<Directory /home/*/public_html>
+#    AllowOverride FileInfo AuthConfig Limit
+#    Options MultiViews Indexes SymLinksIfOwnerMatch IncludesNoExec
+#    <Limit GET POST OPTIONS PROPFIND>
+#        Order allow,deny
+#        Allow from all
+#    </Limit>
+#    <LimitExcept GET POST OPTIONS PROPFIND>
+#        Order deny,allow
+#        Deny from all
+#    </LimitExcept>
+#</Directory>
+
+# These settings are pretty flexible, and allow for Frontpage and XSSI
+<Directory /home/*/public_html>
+    AllowOverride All
+    Options MultiViews -Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks
+    Order allow,deny
+    Allow from all
+</Directory>
+
+<Directory /home/*/public_html/cgi-bin>
+     Options +ExecCGI -Includes -Indexes
+     SetHandler cgi-script
+</Directory>
+
+
+<IfModule mod_perl.c>
+    <Directory /home/*/public_html/perl>
+	SetHandler perl-script
+	PerlHandler Apache::PerlRun
+	Options -Indexes ExecCGI
+	PerlSendHeader On
+    </Directory>
+</IfModule>
+
+<Directory /var/www/icons>
+    Options -Indexes MultiViews
+    AllowOverride None
+    Order allow,deny
+    Allow from all
+</Directory>
+
+<Directory /usr/share/doc>
+    Options Indexes FollowSymLinks
+    Order deny,allow
+    Deny from all
+    Allow from 127.0.0.1
+    #allow from .your_domain.com
+</Directory>
+
+<Directory /var/www/html/addon-modules>
+    Options Indexes FollowSymLinks
+</Directory>
+
+<Location /index.shtml>
+    Options +Includes
+</Location>
+
+<IfModule mod_perl.c>
+    PerlModule Apache::Registry
+    
+    #set Apache::Registry Mode for /perl Alias
+    <Location /perl/*.pl>
+	SetHandler perl-script
+	PerlHandler Apache::Registry
+	Options -Indexes ExecCGI
+	PerlSendHeader On
+    </Location>
+
+    #set Apache::PerlRun Mode for /cgi-perl Alias
+    <Location /cgi-perl/*.pl>
+	SetHandler perl-script
+	PerlHandler Apache::PerlRun
+	Options -Indexes ExecCGI
+	PerlSendHeader On
+    </Location>
+</IfModule>
+
diff --git a/web_wizard/scripts/do_it_web.sh b/web_wizard/scripts/do_it_web.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..b82d2c86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/web_wizard/scripts/do_it_web.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# 
+# Wizard
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandrakesoft.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+# See file LICENSE for further informations on licensing terms.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+# 
+# Authors: Jerome Dumonteil, Maurizio De Cecco, Enzo Maggi
+# icons: Helene Durosini <ln@mandrakesoft.com>
+# <corporate@mandrakesoft.com> http://www.mandrakesoft.com
+
+# script for wizard web configuration
+#
+# modify default apache configuration
+# assuming all dependencies are ok
+
+
+# wiz_web_external and wiz_web_internal are provided by the running wizard
+# now, save them 
+file=/etc/sysconfig/mdk_serv
+
+# security
+[ "${wiz_web_external}" = "1" -o "${wiz_web_external}" = "0" ] || wiz_web_external="0"
+[ "${wiz_web_internal}" = "1" -o "${wiz_web_internal}" = "0" ] || wiz_web_internal="0"
+
+[ "${wiz_web_external}" = "1" ] && wiz_web_internal="1"
+
+# store the wiz_web_external and wiz_web_internal value
+chg_val ${file} wiz_web_external ${wiz_web_external} s
+chg_val ${file} wiz_web_internal ${wiz_web_internal} s
+
+
+# apache configuration file
+config="/etc/httpd/conf/commonhttpd.conf"
+if [ ! -f ${config} ]; then
+	echo_debug "no apache configuration file found ! exiting."
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+
+bck_file  ${config}
+
+
+if [ "${wiz_web_external}" = "1" ]; then
+
+ cat ${config}.mdk_orig.1 \
+     |sed -e '/^[[:space:]]*<Directory \/home/,/^[[:space:]]*<\/Directory>/{
+s/^[[:space:]]*Allow .*$/Allow from all/;}
+/^[[:space:]]*<Directory \/var\/www/,/^[[:space:]]*<\/Directory>/{
+s/^[[:space:]]*Allow .*$/Allow from all/;} ' > ${config}
+
+elif  [ "${wiz_web_internal}" = "1" ]; then
+
+ip=`get_var wiz_ip_net`
+
+  cat ${config}.mdk_orig.1 \
+|sed -e '/^[[:space:]]*<Directory \/home/,/^[[:space:]]*<\/Directory>/{
+s/^[[:space:]]*Allow .*$/Allow from '"${ip%\.*}"'./;}
+/^[[:space:]]*<Directory \/var\/www/,/^[[:space:]]*<\/Directory>/{
+s/^[[:space:]]*Allow .*$/Allow from '"${ip%\.*}"'./;} ' > ${config}
+
+else
+
+  cat ${config}.mdk_orig.1 \
+|sed -e '/^[[:space:]]*<Directory \/home/,/^[[:space:]]*<\/Directory>/{
+s/^[[:space:]]*Allow .*$/Allow from localhost/;}
+/^[[:space:]]*<Directory \/var\/www/,/^[[:space:]]*<\/Directory>/{
+s/^[[:space:]]*Allow .*$/Allow from localhost/;} ' > ${config}
+
+fi
+
+
+
+echo_debug "restarting services"
+
+/etc/rc.d/init.d/httpd restart
+
+
+
+# all is ok
+exit 10
+
+
+
diff --git a/web_wizard/scripts/mytest.pl b/web_wizard/scripts/mytest.pl
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..e13f3708
--- /dev/null
+++ b/web_wizard/scripts/mytest.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+use strict;
+
+open(FH, $ARGV[0]);
+
+my	$that;
+
+if ($ENV{wiz_web_external} eq "1") {
+    $that = "all";
+}
+elsif ($ENV{wiz_web_internal} eq "1") {
+    $that = $ip;
+}
+else {
+    $that = "localhost";
+}
+
+
+while(<FH>) {
+    if( m/^[[:space:]]*<Directory \/home/s...m/^[[:space:]]*<\/Directory>/s ) {
+	s/^[[:space:]]*Allow .*$/Allow from $that/s;
+    }
+    if( m /^[[:space:]]*<Directory \/var\/www/s...m/^[[:space:]]*<\/Directory>/s ) {
+	s/^[[:space:]]*Allow .*$/Allow from $that/s;
+    }
+    print $_;
+}
+    
diff --git a/web_wizard/scripts/sedscript b/web_wizard/scripts/sedscript
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e5acafb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/web_wizard/scripts/sedscript
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+/^[[:space:]]*<Directory \/home/,/^[[:space:]]*<\/Directory>/{
+s/^[[:space:]]*Allow .*$/Allow from all/;}
+/^[[:space:]]*<Directory \/var\/www/,/^[[:space:]]*<\/Directory>/{
+s/^[[:space:]]*Allow .*$/Allow from all/;}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/web_wizard/scripts/test.sed b/web_wizard/scripts/test.sed
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6f03dc5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/web_wizard/scripts/test.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+/^[[:space:]]*<Directory \/home/,/^[[:space:]]*<\/Directory>/{
+s/^[[:space:]]*Allow .*$/Allow from all/
+}
+/^[[:space:]]*<Directory \/var\/www/,/^[[:space:]]*<\/Directory>/{
+s/^[[:space:]]*Allow .*$/Allow from all/
+}